Form 6-K
Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 UNDER

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of March 2014

LG Display Co., Ltd.

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-721,

Republic of Korea

(Address of principal executive offices)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  x            Form 40-F  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):  ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted solely to provide an attached annual report to security holders.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):  ¨

Note: Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submission to furnish a report or other document that the registration foreign private issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the registrant is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the registrant’s “home country”), or under the rules of the home country exchange on which the registrant’s securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the registrant’s security holders, and if discussing a material event, has already been the subject of a Form 6-K submission or other Commission filing on EDGAR.

Indicate by check mark whether by furnishing the information contained in this Form, the registrant is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes  ¨            No  x

 

 

 


Table of Contents

ANNUAL REPORT

(From January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2013)

THIS IS A TRANSLATION OF THE ANNUAL REPORT ORIGINALLY PREPARED IN KOREAN AND IS IN SUCH FORM AS REQUIRED BY THE KOREAN FINANCIAL SUPERVISORY COMMISSION.

IN THE TRANSLATION PROCESS, SOME PARTS OF THE REPORT WERE REFORMATTED, REARRANGED OR SUMMARIZED AND CERTAIN NUMBERS WERE ROUNDED FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF READERS. REFERENCES TO “Q1”, “Q2” AND “Q3” OF A FISCAL YEAR ARE REFERENCES TO THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, JUNE 30 AND SEPTEMBER 30, RESPECTIVELY, OF SUCH FISCAL YEAR.

UNLESS EXPRESSLY STATED OTHERWISE, ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PRESENTED ON A CONSOLIDATED BASIS IN ACCORDANCE WITH KOREAN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS, OR K-IFRS, WHICH DIFFER IN CERTAIN RESPECTS FROM GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES IN CERTAIN OTHER COUNTRIES, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES. K-IFRS ALSO DIFFERS IN CERTAIN RESPECTS FROM THE INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS AS ISSUED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS BOARD. WE HAVE MADE NO ATTEMPT TO IDENTIFY OR QUANTIFY THE IMPACT OF THESE DIFFERENCES IN THIS DOCUMENT.

Contents

 

1.   Company     4   
  A.  

Name and contact information

    4   
  B.  

Domestic credit rating

    4   
  C.  

Capitalization

    5   
  D.  

Voting rights

    6   
  E.  

Dividends

    6   
2.  

Business

    7   
  A.  

Business overview

    7   
  B.  

Industry

    7   
  C.  

New businesses

    9   
3.  

Major Products and Raw Materials

    10   
  A.  

Major products

    10   
  B.  

Average selling price trend of major products

    11   
  C.  

Major raw materials

    11   
4.  

Production and Equipment

    12   
  A.  

Production capacity and output

    12   
  B.  

Production performance and utilization ratio

    12   
  C.  

Investment plan

    12   
5.  

Sales

    12   
  A.  

Sales performance

    12   
  B.  

Sales route and sales method

    13   
6.  

Market Risks and Risk Management

    13   
  A.  

Market risks

    13   
  B.  

Risk management

    14   
7.  

Derivative Contracts

    14   
  A.  

Currency risks

    14   
  B.  

Interest rate risks

    14   
8.  

Major Contracts

    15   


Table of Contents
9.  

Research & Development

    15   
  A.  

Summary of R&D-related expenditures

    15   
  B.  

R&D achievements

    15   
10.  

Intellectual Property

    23   
11.  

Environmental Matters

    23   
12.  

Financial Information

    26   
  A.  

Financial highlights (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

    26   
  B.  

Financial highlights (Based on separate K-IFRS)

    28   
  C.  

Consolidated subsidiaries

    30   
  D.  

Status of equity investment

    31   
13.  

Audit Information

    32   
  A.  

Audit service

    32   
  B.  

Non-audit service

    32   
14.  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    32   
  A.  

Risk relating to forward-looking statements

    32   
  B.  

Overview

    32   
  C.  

Financial condition and results of operation

    33   
15.  

Board of Directors

    37   
  A.  

Members of the board of directors

    37   
  B.  

Committees of the board of directors

    39   
  C.  

Independence of directors

    39   
16.  

Information Regarding Shares

    39   
  A.  

Total number of shares

    39   
  B.  

Shareholder list

    40   
17.  

Directors and Employees

    40   
  A.  

Directors

    40   
  B.  

Employees

    41   

Attachment: 1. Financial Statements in accordance with K-IFRS

 

3


Table of Contents

1. Company

A. Name and contact information

The name of our company is “EL-GI DISPLAY CHUSIK HOESA,” which shall be “LG Display Co., Ltd.” in English.

Our principal executive office is located at LG Twin Towers, 128 Yeoui-daero, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 150-721, Republic of Korea, and our telephone number is +82-2-3777-1010. Our website address is http://www.lgdisplay.com.

B. Domestic credit rating

 

Subject
instruments

  

Month of rating

   Credit
rating
  

Rating agency

(Rating range)

Commercial Paper    January 2006    A1   

NICE Information Service Co., Ltd.

(A1 ~ D)

   June 2006      
   December 2006      
   June 2007      
   December 2007      
   September 2008      
   December 2008      
   June 2006    A1   

Korea Investors Service, Inc.

(A1 ~ D)

   January 2007      
   June 2007      
   December 2007      
   September 2008      
Corporate Debenture    June 2006    AA-   

NICE Information Service Co., Ltd.

(AAA ~ D)

   December 2006    A+   
   June 2007      
   September 2008      
   July 2009    AA-   
   October 2009    AA-   
   February 2010      
   May 2010      
   December 2010      
   August 2011      
   June 2012      
   October 2012      
   March 2013      

 

4


Table of Contents
 

June 2013

     
 

October 2013

     
 

 

  June 2006    AA-   

Korea Investors Service, Inc.

(AAA ~ D)

 

January 2007

   A+   
 

June 2007

     
  September 2008      
 

July 2009

   AA-   
 

December 2009

     
 

February 2010

     
 

May 2010

     
 

August 2010

     
 

February 2011

     
 

April 2011

     
 

August 2011

     
 

October 2011

     
 

June 2012

     
 

October 2012

     
 

June 2013

     
 

October 2013

     
   

October 2009

   AA-   

Korea Ratings Corporation

(AAA ~ D)

 

December 2009

     
 

August 2010

     
 

December 2010

     
 

February 2011

     
 

April 2011

     
 

July 2011

     
 

October 2011

     
 

June 2012

     
 

March 2013

     
   

June 2013

     

C. Capitalization

(1) Change in capital stock (as of December 31, 2013)

There were no changes to our issued capital stock during the year reporting period ended December 31, 2013.

 

5


Table of Contents

(2) Convertible bonds

Not applicable.

D. Voting rights (as of December 31, 2013)

(Unit: share)

 

Description

   Number of shares  

A. Total number of shares issued:

   Common shares      357,815,700   
   Preferred shares      —     

B. Shares without voting rights:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     

C. Shares subject to restrictions on voting rights pursuant to our articles of incorporation:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     

D. Shares subject to restrictions on voting rights pursuant to regulations:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     

E. Shares with restored voting rights:

   Common shares      —     
   Preferred shares      —     
     

 

 

 

Total number of issued shares with voting rights (=A—B—C—D + E):

   Common shares      357,815,700   
   Preferred shares      —     
     

 

 

 

E. Dividends

Dividends for the three most recent fiscal years

 

Description (unit)

   2013      2012      2011  

Par value (Won)

     5,000         5,000         5,000   

Profit (loss) for the period (million Won) (1)

     99,672         28,549         (991,032

Earnings per share (Won) (2)

     279         80         (2,770

Total cash dividend amount for the period (million Won)

     —           —           —     

Total stock dividend amount for the period (million Won)

     —           —           —     

Cash dividend payout ratio (%)

     —           —           —     

Cash dividend yield (%) (3)

     —           —           —     

Stock dividend yield (%)

     —           —           —     

Cash dividend per share (Won)

     —           —           —     

Stock dividend per share (share)

     —           —           —     

 

(1) Profit (loss) for the period based on separate K-IFRS.

 

6


Table of Contents
(2) Earnings per share is based on par value of ₩5,000 per share and is calculated by dividing net income by weighted average number of common stock.

 

(3) Cash dividend yield is the percentage that is derived by dividing cash dividend by the arithmetic average of the daily closing prices of our common stock during the one-week period ending two trading days prior to the closing of the register of shareholders for the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to receive annual dividends.

2. Business

A. Business overview

We were incorporated in February 1985 under the laws of the Republic of Korea. LG Electronics and LG Semicon transferred their respective LCD business to us in 1998, and since then, our business has been focused on the research, development, manufacture and sale of display panels, applying technologies such as TFT-LCD and OLED.

As of December 31, 2013, we operated TFT-LCD and OLED production facilities and a research center in Paju, Korea and TFT-LCD production facilities in Gumi, Korea. We have also established subsidiaries in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

As of December 31, 2013, our business consisted of the manufacture and sale of display and display related products utilizing TFT-LCD, OLED and other technologies under a single reporting business segment.

2013 consolidated operating results highlights

(Unit: In billions of Won)

 

2013

   Display business  

Sales Revenue

     27,033   

Gross Profit

     3,508   

Operating Profit (Loss)

     1,163   

B. Industry

(1) Industry characteristics and growth potential

 

  - TFT-LCD display panels are one of the most widely used type of display panels in flat panel display products, and the entry barriers to manufacture TFT-LCD display panels are relatively high due to the technology and capital intensive nature of the mass manufacturing process that is required to achieve economies of scale, among other factors.

 

  - While growth in the market for displays used in notebook computer, monitor and other traditional IT products has stagnated or declined, the market for displays used in tablet and smartphone products in the rapidly evolving IT environment has been growing very quickly. The display market for televisions has shown steady growth mainly due to growing demand from developing countries as well as from consumers in general for larger sized display panels. As for displays used in industrial, automobile and other value added products, we expect to see growth in these markets.

(2) Cyclicality

 

  - The display panel business is highly cyclical and sensitive to fluctuations in the general economy. The industry experiences periodic volatility caused by imbalances between supply and demand due to capacity expansion and changing production utilization rates within the industry.

 

  - Macroeconomic factors and other causes of business cycles can affect the rate of growth in demand for display panels. Accordingly, if supply exceeds demand, average selling prices of display panels may decrease. Conversely, if growth in demand outpaces growth in supply, average selling prices may increase.

 

7


Table of Contents

(3) Market conditions

 

  - Since 2011, due to a slowdown in growth in the display panel industry, display panel makers have slowed their respective rates of production capacity growth, while a number of them are pursuing other strategic alternatives such as mergers or formation of new alliances.

 

  - Most display panel makers are located in Asia.

 

  a. Korea: LG Display, Samsung Display, Hydis Technologies, etc.

 

  b. Taiwan: AU Optronics, Innolux, CPT, HannStar, etc.

 

  c. Japan: Japan Display, Sharp, Panasonic LCD, etc.

 

  d. China: BOE, CSOT, etc.

(4) Market shares

 

  - Our worldwide market share of large-sized display panels (i.e., panels that are 9 inches or larger) based on revenue is as follows:

 

     2013   2012   2011

Panels for Televisions (1)

   24.7%   25.2%   24.7%

Panels for Monitors

   34.0%   32.3%   28.3%

Panels for Notebook Computers (2)

   32.3%   32.1%   30.3%

Panels for Tablet Computers

   32.0%   40.3%   46.9%

Total

   27.8%   28.4%   27.3%

Source: DisplaySearch

(1) Includes panels for public displays.
(2) Includes panels for netbooks.

(5) Competitiveness

 

  - Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including product pricing, our relationship with customers, successful and timely investment and product development, cost competitiveness, success in marketing to our end-brand customers, component and raw material supply costs, foreign exchange rates and general economic and industry conditions.

 

  - In order to compete effectively, it is critical to be cost competitive and maintain stable and long-term relationships with customers which will enable us to be profitable even in a buyer’s market.

 

  - A substantial portion of our sales is attributable to a limited number of end-brand customers and their designated system integrators. The loss of these end-brand customers, as a result of customers entering into strategic supplier arrangements with our competitors or otherwise, would result in reduced sales.

 

  - Developing new products and technologies that can be differentiated from those of our competitors is critical to the success of our business. It is important that we take active measures to protect our intellectual property internationally by obtaining patents and undertaking monitoring activities in our major markets. It is also necessary to recruit and retain experienced key managerial personnel and skilled line operators.

 

8


Table of Contents
  - As a leading technology innovator in the display industry, we continue to focus on delivering differentiated value to our customers by developing new technologies and products, including in the categories of three-dimensional (“3D”), touch screens and next generation displays. With respect to 3D technology, we have commenced mass production of high definition 3D panels with reduced degrees of “crosstalk,” or the degree of 3D image overlapping, of less than 1% (which is less than what the human eye can perceive). We have also acquired diverse technical skills and have established a supply chain management system that enables us to provide one-stop solutions. With respect to our OLED business, following our supply of the world’s first 55-inch OLED 3D panels for televisions in January 2013, we have supplied curved OLED panels for televisions and curved plastic OLED panels for smartphones and have shown that we are technologically a step ahead of the competition.

 

  - Moreover, we entered into long-term sales contracts with major global firms to secure customers and expand partnerships for technology development.

C. New businesses

 

  - In order to meet the rapidly increasing market demand for large TFT-LCD panels, we commenced mass production at P83, an eighth generation fabrication line located in our P8 facility, and P9, a new eighth generation production facility, in March 2011 and June 2012, respectively.

 

  - We also plan to strengthen our market position in future display technologies by strengthening our OLED business, accelerating the development of flexible display technologies and maintaining our leadership position in the LED backlight LCD market.

 

  - We are making an effort to increase our competitiveness, including in the LCD component parts market, by forming cooperative relationships with suppliers and purchasers of our products. As part of this effort, in March 2005, we established a joint venture company, Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd., with Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. We invested ₩14.4 billion in return for a 40% interest in Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd. In November 2010 and April 2011, we invested an additional ₩14.8 billion and ₩4.4 billion, respectively, in Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd. but the additional investments did not change our percentage interest in Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

 

  - As part of our strategy to expand our production capacity overseas, we signed an investment agreement and a joint venture agreement in November 2009 with the City of Guangzhou, China, to build an eighth-generation panel fabrication facility in China and held a groundbreaking ceremony in May 2012. In December 2012, we established a joint venture company, LG Display (China) Co., Ltd., with Guangzhou GET Technologies Development Co., Ltd. and Shenzhen SKYWORTH-RGB Electronics Co., Ltd. to manufacture and sell eighth-generation panels. We made an initial investment of US$28 million and acquired a 70% equity interest in LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. In March, September, October and November 2013, we made additional investments totaling US$346 million, but the additional investments did not change our percentage interest in LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

 

  - In December 2009, we acquired a 30.6% limited partnership interest in LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16. Under the limited partnership agreement, we agreed to invest a total amount of ₩30 billion in the fund, and as of December 31, 2010, we had invested ₩8.3 billion in the fund. By becoming a limited partner of this fund, our aim is to seek direct investment opportunities as well as to receive benefits from the investment. In February 2011, we received a distribution of ₩1.4 billion from the fund, and in March and April 2011, we invested an additional ₩1.9 billion and ₩3.1 billion, respectively, in the fund. In June 2011, we received a further distribution of ₩0.7 billion as return of principal and ₩0.9 billion as dividends and we invested an additional ₩1.2 billion in the fund. In December 2011, we invested an additional ₩2.0 billion in the fund. In April, July and September 2012, we received distributions of ₩1.0 billion, ₩0.8 billion and ₩1.8 billion from the fund, respectively. In each of September, November and December 2012, we invested an additional ₩1.5 billion in the fund. In March and May 2013, we received distributions of ₩1.1 billion and ₩0.3 billion from the fund, respectively, in each of June and September 2013, we invested an additional ₩1.5 billion in the fund, and in December 2013, we invested an additional ₩3.8 billion in the fund. The additional investments did not change our investment commitment amount of ₩30 billion or our limited partnership interest in the fund, which remained at 30.6%.

 

9


Table of Contents
  - In November 2010, in order to build Backlight-Module-System (BMS) lines that would help differentiate our technical skills from those of our competitors and increase our cost competitiveness, we entered into a joint venture with Compal Electronics, Inc., a Taiwanese company, and established LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd. in Kunshan, China. We invested US$2.3 million and acquired a 51% equity interest in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd. In February and April 2011, we invested an additional US$3.1 million and US$2.3 million, respectively, in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd., but the additional investments did not change our percentage interest in LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Ltd.

 

  - In April 2011, in order to enhance the product quality and assist the local development of coaters, a component used in our TFT-LCD products, we invested ₩20 billion and acquired a 16.6% interest in Narae Nanotech Corporation, a Korean equipment manufacturer. In June 2011, we invested an additional ₩10.0 billion and acquired a further 7.7% interest in Narae Nanotech Corporation. As of December 31, 2013, we held a 23% equity interest in Narae Nanotech Corporation.

 

  - In November 2011, in order to improve our cost competitiveness with respect to the glass substrate etching stage of our TFT-LCD panel manufacturing process, we invested ₩10.6 billion and acquired a 20.3% interest in Avatec Co., Ltd., a third party glass substrate etching processor. Avatec Co., Ltd. increased its paid-in capital in October 2012 and January 2013. We did not subscribe to additional equity on those occasions and, as a result, our equity interest in Avatec Co., Ltd. was diluted to 16.3% after the January 2013 paid-in capital increase.

 

  - In December 2011, in order to expand our module production capacity, we established LG Display U.S.A. Inc. in Texas, United States, and LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. in Reynosa, Mexico. We invested in the form of paid-in capital ₩12.4 billion and ₩92 million in LG Display U.S.A. Inc. and LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V., respectively. We currently own a 100% interest in LG Display U.S.A. Inc. and a 1% interest in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. LG Display U.S.A. Inc. owns the remaining 99% interest in LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

 

  - In April 2012, in order to improve our cost competitiveness with respect to tempered glass used for touch screens, we invested ₩2.0 billion and acquired a 19.8% interest in Glonix Co., Ltd.

3. Major Products and Raw Materials

A. Major products

We manufacture TFT-LCD and OLED panels, of which a significant majority is exported overseas.

(Unit: In billions of Won, except percentages)

 

Business

area

  

Sales

type

  

Items (Market)

  

Usage

  

Major

trademark

   Sales in 2013 (%)  

Display

  

Product/ Service/

Other sales

   Display panel (Overseas (1))    Panels for notebook computers, monitors, televisions, smartphones, tablets, etc.    LG Display      24,341 (90.0%) 
      Display panel (Korea (1))    Panels for notebook computers, monitors, televisions, smartphones, tablets, etc.    LG Display      2,692 (10.0%) 

Total

                 27,033 (100.0%) 

 

- Period: January 1, 2013 ~ December 31, 2013.
(1) Based on ship-to-party.

 

10


Table of Contents

B. Average selling price trend of major products

The average selling price of LCD panels per square meter of net display area shipped in the fourth quarter of 2013 increased by approximately 3% from the third quarter of 2013, largely as a result of improved product mix due to an increase in the shipment of small- to medium-sized products. There is no assurance that the average selling prices of LCD panels will not fluctuate in the future due to imbalances in supply and demand.

(Unit: US$ / m2)

 

Description

   2013 Q4      2013 Q3      2013 Q2      2013 Q1  

Display panel (1)(2)

     697         678         657         770   

 

(1) Quarterly average selling price per square meter of net display area shipped.
(2) Excludes semi-finished products in the cell process.

C. Major raw materials

Prices of major raw materials depend on fluctuations in supply and demand in the market as well as on change in size and quantity of raw materials due to the increased production of large-sized panels.

(Unit: In billions of Won, except percentages)

 

Business

area

  

Purchase

type

   Items    Usage    Cost (1)      Ratio
(%)
 

Display

   Raw materials    Glass    Display panel

manufacturing

     2,195         14.5
      Backlight         4,077         26.8
      Polarizer         2,519         16.6
      Others         6,397         42.1

Total

              15,188         100.0

 

- Period: January 1, 2013 ~ December 31, 2013.
(1) Based on total cost for purchase of raw materials which includes manufacturing and development costs, etc.

 

11


Table of Contents

4. Production and Equipment

A. Production capacity and output

(1) Production capacity

The table below sets forth the production capacity of our Gumi and Paju facilities in the periods indicated.

(Unit: 1,000 Glass sheets)

 

Business area

   Items      Location of facilities      2013 (1)      2012 (1)      2011 (1)  

Display

     Display panel         Gumi, Paju         8,562         9,195         8,376   

 

(1) Calculated based on the maximum monthly input capacity (based on glass input substrate size for eighth generation glass sheets) during the year multiplied by the number of months in a year (i.e., 12 months).
  (2) Production output

The table below sets forth the production output of our Gumi and Paju facilities in the periods indicated.

(Unit: 1,000 Glass sheets)

 

Business area

   Items      Location of facilities      2013      2012      2011  

Display

     Display panel         Gumi, Paju         7,670         7,853         6,850   

 

- Based on glass input substrate size for eighth generation glass sheets.

B. Production performance and utilization ratio

(Unit: Hours, except percentages)

 

Production facilities

   Available working hours
in 2013
  Actual working hours
in 2013
  Average
utilization ratio

Gumi

   8,760 (1)

(365 days) (2)

  8,636 (1)

(359.8 days) (2)

  98.6%

Paju

   8,760 (1)

(365 days) (2)

  8,688 (1)

(362.0 days) (2)

  99.2%

 

(1) Based on the assumption that all 24 hours in a day have been fully utilized.
(2) Number of days is calculated by averaging the number of working days for each facility.

C. Investment plan

In 2013, our capital expenditures were approximately in the mid-₩3 trillions, or approximately in the mid-₩2 trillions on a cash out basis, mainly to fund the expansion of our OLED and LTPS-based panel production capacities and other expansions and improvements to our existing facilities.

5. Sales

A. Sales performance

(Unit: In billions of Won)

 

Business area

  

Sales types

  

Items (Market)

   2013      2012      2011  

Display

   Products, etc.    Display panel    Overseas (1)      24,341         27,280         22,328   
         Korea (1)      2,692         2,150         1,963   
        

Total

     27,033         29,430         24,291   
(1) Based on ship-to-party.

 

12


Table of Contents

B. Sales route and sales method

(1) Sales organization

 

  - As of December 31, 2013, each of our Television Business Unit and IT/Mobile Business Unit had individual sales and customer support functions.

 

  - Sales subsidiaries in the United States, Germany, Japan, Taiwan, China and Singapore perform sales activities and provide local technical support to customers.

(2) Sales route

Sales of our products take place through one of the following two routes:

 

  - LG Display HQ and overseas manufacturing subsidiaries g Overseas sales subsidiaries (USA/Germany/Japan/Taiwan/China/Singapore), etc. g System integrators and end-brand customers g End users

 

  - LG Display HQ and overseas manufacturing subsidiaries g System integrators and end-brand customers g End users

(3) Sales methods and sales terms

 

  - Direct sales and sales through overseas subsidiaries, etc. Sales terms are subject to change depending on the fluctuation in the supply and demand of LCD panels.

(4) Sales strategy

 

  - As part of our sales strategy, we have secured stable sales to major personal computer makers and leading consumer electronics makers globally, strengthened sales of high-resolution, IPS, narrow bezel and other high-end display panels in the tablet, notebook computer and monitor markets, led the television market with our differentiated television panels and increased the proportion of sales of our premium television panels, such as our ultra-high definition (“Ultra HD”) and large OLED television panels, in our product mix.

 

  - In the smartphone, industrial products (including aviation and medical equipment) and automobile displays segment, we have continued to build a strong and diversified business portfolio by expanding our business with customers with a global reach on the strength of our differentiated products applying IPS, plastic OLED, high-resolution and other technologies.

(5) Purchase orders

 

  - Customers generally place purchase orders with us one month prior to delivery. Our customary practice for procuring orders from our customers and delivering our products to such customers is as follows:

 

  - Receive order from customer (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.) g Headquarter is notified g Manufacture product g Ship product (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.) g Sell product (overseas sales subsidiaries, etc.)

6. Market Risks and Risk Management

A. Market risks

Our industry continues to experience continued declines in the average selling prices of display panels irrespective of cyclical fluctuations in the industry, and our margins would be adversely impacted if prices decrease faster than we are able to reduce our costs.

The TFT-LCD and OLED industries are highly competitive. We have experienced pressure on the prices and margins of our major products due largely to additional industry capacity from panel makers in Korea, Taiwan, China and Japan. Our main competitors in the industry include Samsung Display, Hydis Technologies, AU Optronics, Innolux, CPT, HannStar, Japan Display, Sharp, Panasonic LCD, BOE and CSOT.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our ability to compete successfully depends on factors both within and outside our control, including product pricing, performance and reliability, successful and timely investments, utilization of differentiated technologies in product development, success or failure of our end-brand customers in marketing their brands and products, component and raw material supply costs, and general economic and industry conditions. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to compete successfully with our competitors on these fronts and, as a result, we may be unable to sustain our current market position.

Our results of operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations. To the extent that we incur costs in one currency and generate sales in a different currency, our profit margins may be affected by changes in the exchange rates between the two currencies. Our sales of display panels are denominated mainly in U.S. dollars, whereas our purchases of raw materials are denominated mainly in U.S. dollars and Japanese Yen. Our risk management policy regarding foreign currency risk is to minimize the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

B. Risk management

As the average selling prices of TFT-LCD and OLED panels can continue to decline over time irrespective of industry-wide cyclical fluctuations, we may find it hard to manage risks associated with certain factors that are outside our control. However, we counteract such declines in average selling prices by increasing the proportion of high value panels in our product mix while also implementing various cost reduction measures. In addition, in order to manage our risk against foreign currency fluctuations, we continually monitor our currency position and risk, and when needed, we may from time to time enter into cross-currency interest rate swap contracts and foreign currency forward contracts. As of December 31, 2013, we had not entered into any such contract for currency related derivative products.

7. Derivative Contracts

A. Currency risks

 

  - We are exposed to currency risks on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in currencies other than in Won, our functional currency. These currencies are primarily the U.S. dollar, the Euro and the Japanese Yen.

 

  - Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by our underlying operations, primarily in Won and the U.S. dollar.

 

  - In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, we ensure that our net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates, when necessary, to address short-term imbalances.

B. Interest rate risks

 

  - Our exposure to interest rate risks relates primarily to our floating rate long term debt obligations. We have established and are managing interest rate risk policies to minimize uncertainty and costs associated with interest rate fluctuations by monitoring cyclical interest rate fluctuations and enacting countermeasures.

 

14


Table of Contents

8. Major contracts

Our material contracts, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, are set forth below:

 

Type of agreement

  

Name of party

  

Term

  

Content

Technology licensing agreement    Semiconductor Energy Laboratory    October 2005 ~    Patent licensing of LCD and OLED related technology
   Fergason Patent Properties    October 2007 ~    Patent licensing of LCD driving technology
     Hewlett-Packard    January 2011 ~    Patent licensing of semi-conductor device technology
Technology licensing/supply agreement    Chunghwa Picture Tubes    November 2007 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   HannStar Display Corporation    November 2009 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   AU Optronics Corporation    August 2011~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology
   Innolux Corporation    July 2012 ~    Patent cross-licensing of LCD technology, etc.

9. Research & Development

A. Summary of R&D-related expenditures

(Unit: In millions of Won, except percentages)

 

Items

   2013      2012      2011  

Material Cost

     586,901         494,422         550,200   

Labor Cost

     500,705         412,805         365,375   

Depreciation Expense

     319,854         259,467         217,874   

Others

     267,320         206,093         180,582   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total R&D-Related Expenditures

     1,674,780         1,372,787         1,314,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

   Selling & Administrative Expenses      345,387        301,239        248,328   

Accounting Treatment (1)

   Manufacturing Cost      1,207,158        873,323        942,015   
   Development Cost (Intangible Assets)      122,235        198,225        123,688   

R&D-Related Expenditures / Revenue Ratio

(Total R&D-Related Expenditures ÷ Revenue for the period × 100)

     6.2     4.7     5.4

 

(1) For accounting purposes, R&D-related expenditures are recognized in accordance with their respective sources of cost.

B. R&D achievements

Achievements in 2011

 

  1) Introduction of glass-free mobile 3D product (4.3-inch WVGA)

 

  - Development and preparation for mass production of our first glass-free 3D product (utilizing barrier cell)

 

15


Table of Contents
  2) Introduction of the world’s first 12.5-inch AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 12.5-inch notebook utilizing AH-IPS technology

 

  - Achievement of a maximum circuit logic power of 1.0W

 

  - Development of a slim and light AH-IPS model (development of a model that utilizes IPS and flat PCB)

 

  3) Introduction of an integrated 14.0-inch touch panel notebook product

 

  - Development of a 14.0-inch touch panel notebook product as part of our plan to develop and expand our integrated touch panel products portfolio

 

  4) Introduction of our 15.6-inch dream color IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of a notebook utilizing H-IPS technology

 

  - Realization of a 100% color reproduction rate by applying RGB LED technology

 

  - Realization of 1.073G color by applying 10-bit color depth technology

 

  5) Development and mass production of 9.7-inch LCD panels for tablets

 

  - Application of AH-IPS and slim LCD technology

 

  - Decreased thickness by 20% and weight by 7% compared to LCD panel for conventional tablets

 

  6) Development of the world’s first 3D FPR 23-inch full high-definition (“FHD”) TN monitor product

 

  - Minimization of flicker / crosstalk by applying FPR technology

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one layer 3D film

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from monitors utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  7) Introduction of our first 50-inch Cinema TV product

 

  - Application of 21:9 screen display ratio (2560 x 1080 resolution)

 

  - Application of 960ch + EPI source driver integrated circuits (“D-IC”) for optimal high-resolution

 

  - Application of scanning technology under the Horizontal 2Edge structure

 

  8) Development of the world’s first 3D FPR 23-inch IPS FHD monitor product

 

  - Minimization of flicker / crosstalk by applying FPR technology

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one layer 3D film

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from monitors utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  9) Development and introduction of the world’s first 15.6-inch HD FPR 3D notebook product

 

  - Realization of the world’s first 15.6-inch HD FPR 3D product

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from notebooks utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one layer 3D film

 

  10) Development and introduction of the world’s first 17.3-inch Dream Color AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 17.3-inch notebook computer applying AH-IPS

 

  - Realization of Dream Color (100% color reproduction rate) by applying RGB LED

 

16


Table of Contents
  - Realization of 1.073G color by applying Color Depth 10-bit technology

 

  - Realization of 89 degrees viewing angle (up/down/left/right) by applying IPS technology

 

  11) Development and introduction of a 15.6-inch HD product with the world’s lowest (at the time) power consumption from logic circuit (0.5W).

 

  - Application of DRD Z-inversion, HVDD and low voltage process

 

  - Application of high intensity LED (2.3cd) and Vcut light guide plate

 

  - Increase in battery life due to logic circuit power consumption reduction

 

  12) Development of the world’s smallest (at the time) Narrow Bezel Notebook Model

 

  - The first in the world to apply 4.5 mm narrow bezel

 

  - Formation of camera hole by B/M mask patterning

 

  13) Development of a new 10.1-inch WX smartbook LCD

 

  - Development of the our first 10.1-inch WXGA LCD following in the footsteps of our 9.7-inch XGA model

 

  - Realization of reduced power consumption, high permeability and increased viewing angle by application of IPS technology.

 

  14) Development of a 42-inch FHD product applying COT technology

 

  - Simplifying panel production process by applying COT (Color Filter on TFT) technology

 

  - Luminance increased by 10%

 

  15) Development of 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch direct slim LCD TV

 

  - Development of the world’s first direct-mounted 11.0 mm depth ultra-slim liquid crystal display module (“LCM”) model

 

  - Application of 96 block local dimming and M240Hz technology

 

  16) Development of a 47-inch super narrow public display panel

 

  - Development of our first super narrow bezel (seam 6.9 mm) product for application in public display panels

 

  17) Introduction of the world’s first 15.6-inch FHD AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 15.6-inch FHD model applying AH-IPS technology

 

  - Development of slim & light AH-IPS model (thickness: 3.4 mm; weight: 330g)

 

  - Achieving the following viewing angles by applying IPS technology; 178° from top to bottom; 178° from left to right

 

  18) Development of a 15.6-inch FHD notebook applying a new backlight arrangement

 

  - Optimization of light placement by application of New Concept LED Backlight

 

  - Reduction in the number of LED integrated circuits (78ea g 10ea) by application of mid-power LED

 

  - Reduced energy consumption pursuant to a reduction in the number of LED integrated circuits (7.4W g 5.9W)

 

  19) Development of the world’s first 215/25/27 FHD TN and 215 FHD IPS 3D monitor

 

  - Minimization of flicker/crosstalk by application of FPR technology

 

  - Minimization of cost increase by applying one-layered 3D film

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from monitors utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

17


Table of Contents
  20) Development of a 4.5-inch true HD AH-IPS display smartphone product

 

  - For 4G LTE smartphones (introduced in September 2011)

 

  - Application of true HD720 resolution and AH-IPS technology

 

  21) Development of the world’s first 14.0-inch HD 3D FPR notebook product

 

  - Realization of the world’s first 14.0-inch 3D FPR display

 

  - Realization of high luminance 3D images (two times the luminance compared to images from notebook panels utilizing shutter glass technology)

 

  22) Development of the world’s first AH-IPS GIP / DRD column inversion technology

 

  - Development of AH-IPS GIP / DRD by application of shrink GIP technology

 

  - Realization of TN-equivalent panel size through reduced panel load

 

  - Achieved TN-equivalent logic energy consumption levels

 

  Achievements in 2012

 

  1) Introduction of the world’s first 13.3-inch high definition plus (“HD+”) AH-IPS notebook product

 

  - Development of the world’s first 13.3-inch HD+ model applying AH-IPS technology

 

  2) Development and introduction of a 14.0-inch HD product with the world’s lowest (at the time) rate of logic circuit energy consumption (0.4W)

 

  - Application of DRD Z-inversion, HVDD and low voltage process

 

  - Application of high intensity LED (2.3cd) and Vcut light guiding plate

 

  - Increase in battery life due to reduced logic circuit energy consumption

 

  3) Introduction of a 14.0-inch HD+ notebook product with a high color reproduction rate

 

  - Development of a 14.0-inch HD+ 72% color reproduction rate model

 

  - Development of a slim model applying 0.3 mm glass etching

 

  4) Introduction of a 15.6-inch FHD glasses-free 3D notebook product

 

  - Development of the first notebook product applying switchable barrier type 3D technology that does not require the use of glasses

 

  5) Development of the world’s first 23-inch FHD monitor product applying AH-IPS 4Mask technology

 

  - Increased display panel luminance by application of AH-IPS technology (20% more luminance compared to display panels applying conventional IPS technology)

 

  - Simplified panel production process by application of AH-IPS 4Mask technology

 

  - 30% reduction in energy consumption resulting from increased efficiency of LED and circuit components

 

  - Increased productivity in the manufacture of circuit and mechanical components resulting from increased standardization

 

18


Table of Contents
  6) Development of TN monitor products (20-inch HD+, 21.5-inch FHD and 23-inch FHD) applying new LED

 

  - 20% reduction in energy consumption resulting from increased efficiency of LED and circuit components (based on 23W power consumption models)

 

  - Increased productivity in the manufacture of circuit and mechanical components resulting from increased standardization

 

  7) Development of products with new edge backlight unit (32-inch, 37-inch and 42-inch FHD)

 

  - Vertical 2Bar LED backlight unit g Vertical 1Bar LED backlight unit

 

  - Reduced energy consumption by 25% resulting from a reduction in the number of LED integrated (based on 32-inch display panel)

 

  8) Development of 42-inch FHD product with new direct backlight unit

 

  - Development of LED Lens through the improvement of LED Beam spread angle ( 72ea based on 42-inch display panel)

 

  - Same thickness as conventional edge LED lighting lamp (35.5 mm)

 

  9) Development of products with the world’s narrowest bezels of 3.5 mm (47-inch and 55-inch FHD)

 

  - Narrow set design possible using 3.5 mm bezel

 

  10) Development of the world’s first panel products without borders on three sides (32-inch, 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD)

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

  11) Development of monitor products without borders on three sides (21.5-inch, 23-inch and 27-inch FHD)

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides, and application of double-sided adhesive to secure the position of the panel and backlight

 

  - Used double guide panels to reduce light leakage issues in IPS panels

 

  12) Development of 12.5-inch HD AH-IPS slim and light notebook display panels

 

  - Achieved thickness of 2.85t

 

  - Reduced the number of LEDs required by using high intensity LEDs (2.5cd)

 

  13) The world’s first GF2 Touch Tablet Product Development (10.1WXGA LCM + Touch)

 

  - Touch Concept: GF2, Touch IC In-House

 

  - Reduced cost by applying TMIC

 

  - Reduced power consumption by applying 6 in 1 (Buck version) PMIC

 

  - Reduced cost and power consumption by applying AH-IPS + DRD-Z

 

  - Reduced cost by applying Taper LGP

 

  14) Development of Automotive 9.2WV product that applies wide temperature AH5-IPS technology

 

  - For use in Center Information Displays and Rear Seat Entertainment Displays mounted on a mass produced passenger car

 

  - Wide temperature materials/components used and AH5-IPS technology applied

 

  15) Application and introduction of the world’s first large multi-model on a glass (“MMG”) type product (60-inch FHD and 32-inch HD)

 

  - Increased glass efficiency by successfully applying large MMG technology for the first time in the industry

 

  - Developed three sided and six sided chamfers for eighth generation 60-inch FHD panels and 32-inch HD panels, respectively

 

19


Table of Contents
  16) Development of the world’s first 84-inch Ultra HD display panel product

 

  - a-Si based 1G 1D Ultra HD panel with steady charging

 

  - Developed extra-large edge LED with rigid heat resistant structure

 

  17) Development of 2000 nit bright public display panel for outdoor use (47-inch FHD)

 

  - Use of optimal-temperature panel prevents any blackening effect when exposed to direct sunlight

 

  - Use of quarter-wave plate (applying FPR technology) allows viewers wearing polarized sunglasses to view the public display panel with ease

 

  - Applied heat resistant structure without heat sink

 

  - Improved bright room contrast ratio by applying Shine Out ARC POL technology

 

  18) Development of seam (AtA) 5.6 mm super-narrow bezel (“SNB”) public display panel (55-inch FHD)

 

  - Bezel thickness minimized (2.9 mm for pad, 1.6 mm for non-pad)

 

  - Developed SNB structure technology

 

  19) Development of 47-inch and 55-inch display panel products applying vertical 1Bar structure

 

  - Our first 47-inch and 55-inch display panel products applying vertical 1Bar LED backlight units

 

  - Reduced number of LEDs needed, resulting in reduced energy consumption (for example, energy consumption for the 47-inch display panel was reduced from 65.5W to 55.8W)

 

  20) Development of the world’s first 29-inch 21:9 ratio three-side borderless monitor product

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

  - Double-sided adhesive used to secure the position of the panel and backlight

 

  - Double guide panels used to resolve light leakage issues in IPS panels

 

  21) Development of the world’s first 12.9-inch high-resolution slim AH-IPS display panel

 

  - Ultra-high resolution WQSXGA+ (239 PPI)

 

  - Achieved 400 nit brightness by improving panel luminance and applying high intensity LED PKG and new 1Bar structure

 

  - Developed 2.95 mm slim model through glass etching and application of rigid PCB

 

  22) Development of the world’s first ultra-slim all-in-one product applying G2 Touch technology (4.67WXGA)

 

  - 320 PPI high resolution AH-IPS display panel

 

  - Ultra-slim LCM by applying G2 Touch and OCR Direct Bonding technologies

 

  23) Development of the world’s first TV product applying DRD technology (32-inch, 37-inch HD)

 

  - Simplified circuit structure for HD TV by applying DRD technology (source D-IC reduced from 4ea g 2ea)

 

  24) Development of customer co-designed TV (32-inch to 55-inch FHD)

 

  - Co-designed TV model that integrates LCM and the front cover in a single body

 

  - Differentiated set bezel design

 

  25) Development of the world’s first borderless TV product with 7.8 mm bezel (47-inch FHD)

 

  - Borderless on the top and left/right sides with a borderless like bottom design

 

20


Table of Contents
  26) Development of the world’s largest, at the time, 55-inch FHD OLED TV product

 

  - Utilizes WRGB OLED technology with a thickness of 4.45 mm

 

  27) Development of the first touch notebook product with direct bonding of touch screen module (“TSM”) (12.5-inch FHD)

 

  - Applied direct bonding between LCM and TSM to reduce thickness (4.8 mm)

 

  - Direct bonding multi-sourcing in response to customer demand

 

  28) Development of 23.8-inch desktop monitor product

 

  - Developed new display panel size for desktop monitor products

 

  - Narrower bezels (8 mm for the top and left/right sides) compared to conventional bezels

 

  29) Development of the world’s first clear borderless (borderless on all four sides) monitor product (27-inch FHD)

 

  - Applied Narrow Bezel Vertical LED Structure technology by changing the LED backlight structure

 

  - Developed even black matrix structure on all four sides

 

  Achievements in 2013

 

  1) Developed 19.5-inch desktop monitor product

 

  - Developed new display panel size for desktop monitor products

 

  - Increased yield of glass panel area per glass substrate by cutting glass substrates at 19.5 inches

 

  2) Developed 11.6-inch Tab Book product applying GF2 touch technology

 

  - Applied GF2 direct bonding process

 

  3) Developed 5.0-inch and 5.5-inch high resolution (over 400 PPI) smartphone products applying AH-IPS technology

 

  - Luminance increased by 10% compared to conventional panels (5.0-inch FHD panel has 403 PPI and 5.5-inch FHD panel has 440 PPI)

 

  - Developed new source D-IC to drive 4 lanes of MIPI with speeds of up to 1 Gbps per lane

 

  4) Developed the world’s first 60-inch three-side borderless product

 

  - Made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides with a borderless like bottom design

 

  5) Developed the world’s first 47-inch and 55-inch FHD TV product with 2.3 mm narrow bezels

 

  - Achieved optimal slim design by minimizing bezel width to 2.3 mm

 

  6) Developed 55-inch and 65-inch Ultra HD products with narrow bezels

 

  - Ultra HD (55-inch model has 80 PPI and 65-inch model has 68 PPI)

 

  - Achieved high transmittance panel by applying 1 Gate 1 Data structure

 

  - Achieved narrow bezels (55-inch model has 6.9 mm and 65-inch has 7.5 mm) by optimizing panel and mechanical design

 

  7) Developed 42-inch, 47-inch and 55-inch FHD three-side borderless products with direct backlight units

 

  - Borderless design made possible by removing the forward-facing case top, resulting in “zero” bezel on three sides

 

21


Table of Contents
  8) Developed 5-inch HD smartphone product utilizing oxide cell technology

 

  - Reduced energy consumption and achieved narrower bezels by using indium gallium zinc oxide (IGZO) cell technology (energy consumption reduced by 26.7% and bezel size reduced by 23.0% compared to products utilizing conventional silicon (a-Si) cell technology)

 

  9) Developed FHD a-Si AH-IPS technology for use in smartphone products (more than 400 PPI)

 

  - Improved structure and technology compared to conventional FHD panels (luminance increased by 30%, achieved 443 PPI in 5.0-inch FHD panel)

 

  - Developed new D-IC and IC bonding materials and processes

 

  10) Developed new line of 19.5-inch HD+ monitor products with IPS technology

 

  - Developed new line of display panels for desktop monitor products

 

  - Increased yield of glass panel area per glass substrate by cutting glass substrates at 19.5 inches

 

  11) Developed 19.5-inch HD+ ultra-light monitor product

 

  - The world’s lightest (at the time) 19.5-inch HD+ IPS monitor product with slim concept design

 

  - Reduced weight by 55% from 1520g to 830g and thickness from 7.6t to 5.4t compared to a conventional 19.5-inch HD+ IPS monitor product

 

  12) Developed the world’s first borderless monitor product with 3.5 mm narrow bezel (23.8-inch FHD)

 

  - Developed 23.8-inch FHD Neo Blade1 monitor product with the world’s narrowest (at the time) bezel (3.5 mm)

 

  13) Introduced 9.2-inch WXGA high resolution / high luminance automotive display product

 

  - The first automotive display product to apply EPI interface (800Mbps high speed transmission with Real 8it)

 

  - High luminance (800 nit) and high color gamut (70%)

 

  - Developed T-con with improved reliability and resolution

 

  14) Developed 49-inch FHD four sided borderless like product

 

  - Achieved narrow borders by applying 4.9 mm GIP technology and developed a new PSJ mechanical structure

 

  - Developed new resin technology to apply to the bottom base decoration

 

  15) Developed 55-inch FHD wide color gamut (“WCG”) LCM product

 

  - Achieved life like colors with WCG by combining panel and optical technologies

 

  - Developed differentiated case top set design

 

  16) Developed our first 60-inch FHD product

 

  - Achieved narrow panel bezel size (7.8 mm)

 

  - New size in our product lineup

 

  17) Developed the world’s first 23.8-inch Ultra HD monitor product

 

  - The world’s first Ultra HD AH-IPS monitor product (23.8-inch Ultra HD: 185 ppi)

 

  - Applied PAC panel technology and developed Ultra HD T-con/D-IC driver

 

  - Developed high luminance dual LED array structure

 

22


Table of Contents
  18) Expanded product lineup of 21:9 screen aspect ratio monitors

 

  - Expanded product lineup of 21:9 screen aspect ratio monitors to include 25-inch, 29-inch and 34-inch monitors

 

  - Borderless on three sides by removing case top

 

  19) Developed the world’s first 13.3-inch FHD notebook model with 1.9 mm narrow bezel

 

  - Development slim notebook design by utilizing panel GLA structure and minimizing bezel size to 1.9 mm

 

  - Achieved slim (3.0 mm) and ultra-light (230 g) LCM by utilizing 0.25 mm glass PPP LGP technology

 

  20) Developed our first quad HD (“QHD”) notebook model (13.3-inch, 222 ppi / 14.0-inch / 210 ppi)

 

  - Increased transmittance rate by utilizing 3rd metal, coop CS, red eye 12 um technology and improving aperture ratio

 

  - Achieved slim (2.6 mm) and ultra-light (235 g) LCM by utilizing 0.3 mm glass PPP LGP technology

 

  21) Introduced product applying PPP LGP to maximize light collimation

 

  - Developed PPP technology for light collimation (improved luminance by 44% compared to conventional panels) for a more energy efficient panel model

 

  - Used 2 sheet structure to reduce thickness

 

  22) Developed 12.3-inch FHD full cluster automotive product

 

  - The world’s first full cluster product to apply IPS technology

 

  - Ultra-high luminance (800 nit) and high color gamut (85%). High color PR and developed RG LED for high light collimation

 

  - Applied the highest resolution (1920 x 720), at the time, for clusters

 

  23) Developed 5.5-inch QHD LTPS smartphone panel applying AH-IPS technology with the worlds’ highest resolution, at the time, for smartphone panels (more than 500 ppi)

 

  - Designed and developed QHD, the world’s highest resolution, at the time, for smartphone panels (538 ppi)

 

  - The world’s first QHD module applying 1 chip D-IC driver

10. Intellectual Property

As of December 31, 2013, our cumulative patent portfolio (including patents that have already expired) included a total of 23,819 patents, consisting of 11,779 in Korea and 12,040 in other countries.

11. Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations, and we may be subject to fines or restrictions that could cause our operations to be interrupted. Our manufacturing processes generate worksite waste, including water and air pollutants, at various stages in the manufacturing process, and we are subject to relevant laws and regulations in each area of the environment, including with respect to the treatment of chemical by-products. We have installed various types of anti-pollution equipment, consistent with environmental standards, for the treatment of chemical waste and equipment for the recycling of treated waste water at our various facilities. However, we cannot provide assurance that environmental claims will not be brought against us or that the local or national governments will not take steps toward adopting more stringent environmental standards. Any failure on our part to comply with any present or future environmental regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us, suspension of production or a cessation of operations. In addition, environmental regulations could require us to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant compliance expenses that may materially and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

We have also voluntarily agreed to reduce emission of greenhouse gases, such as triflouride oxide and perfluoro compounds, or PFCs, including sulfur hexafluoride, or SF6, gases, by installing abatement systems to meet voluntary emissions targets for the display panel industry for 2010. As part of our voluntary activities to reduce emission of greenhouse gases, we installed triflouride oxide abatement systems at all of our production lines.

We also installed an SF6 abatement system in P1 in April 2005, and have taken steps to install additional SF6 abatement systems through the use of Clean Development Mechanism, or CDM, projects. We manage our CDM projects jointly with LG International Corp. On July 10, 2010, after becoming the first TFT-LCD company to receive the UNFCCC CDM Executive Board’s approval of our CDM project, we installed an SF6 abatement system in P6. We received a total of 343,971 tonnes of CO2 equivalent of certified emission reduction credits, or CERs, from the UN for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in P6 during the period from August 1, 2010 to December 31, 2010, all of which was sold in December 2011. We also received a total of 579,583 tonnes of CO2 equivalent of CERs for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in P6 during the period from January 1, 2011 to January 31, 2012. In August 2011, we commenced the installation of an SF6 abatement system in P7 through the implementation of CDM projects which became operational in February 2012. We received a total of 222,270 tonnes of CO2 equivalent of CERs from the UN for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions in P6 and P7 during the period from February 1, 2012 to March 31, 2012. We intend to ask a third party accreditation agency to examine the reduction of our greenhouse gas emissions since April 1, 2012 as part of our application for receiving CERs from the UN.

In 2010, we were designated by the Korean government as one of the companies subject to greenhouse gas emission and energy consumption targets under the Framework Act on Low Carbon, Green Growth. As a result, we may need to invest in additional equipment and there may be other costs associated with meeting reduction targets, which may have a negative effect on our profitability or production activities. In addition, if we fail to meet a reduction target and are unable to comply with the government’s subsequent enforcement notice relating to such failure, we may be subject to fines.

In connection with the greenhouse gas emission and energy reduction target system, we submitted a statement of our domestic emissions and energy usage for the year 2012 to the Korean government (i.e., the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Trade, Industry & Energy) in March 2013 after it was certified by the Korean Foundation for Quality, a government-designated certification agency. We plan on receiving third party certification on our domestic emissions and energy usage statement for the year 2013 and submitting the statement to the Korean government by March 2013.

The table below sets forth yearly levels of our greenhouse gases emissions and energy usage in the statement submitted to the Korean government:

(Unit: thousand tonnes of CO2 equivalent; Tetra Joules)

 

Category

   2012      2011      2010  

Greenhouse gases

     6,161         5,928         5,576   

Energy

     61,169         53,223         45,841   

In addition, in order to improve the efficiency and reliability of measuring our greenhouse gas emission reduction activities, we have implemented improvements to our Plant Energy & Environment System (our electronic greenhouse gas inventory system) in 2012.

 

24


Table of Contents

Operations at our manufacturing plants are subject to regulation and periodic scheduled and unscheduled on-site inspections by the Korean Ministry of Environment and local environmental protection authorities. We believe that we have adopted adequate anti-pollution measures and have minimized our impact on the environment by improving existing and developing new technologies for the effective maintenance of environmental protection standards consistent with local industry practice. In addition, we have continually monitored, and we believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with, the applicable environmental laws and regulations in Korea. Expenditures related to such compliance may be substantial. Such expenditures are generally included in capital expenditures. As required by Korean law, we employ licensed environmental specialists to manage our air pollution, toxic materials and waste water. In February 2013, to reduce costs and ensure safe water quality, we entered into a contract with a specialist company to operate our waste water treatment facilities. We currently have ISO 14001 certifications with respect to the environmental record for P1 through P98, our OLED production facility in Gumi, Korea, our Gumi module production plant and our Paju module production plant, as well as our module production plants in Nanjing, Yantai and Guangzhou, China.

In addition, with respect to P1 through P98 and our module production plants in Gumi and Paju, we have established and are currently operating a new green management system, which was certified by BSI Group Korea in November 2011. Furthermore, we have been certified by the Korean Ministry of Environment as a “Green Company”, with respect to our environmental record for P1 and our module production plant in Gumi since 1997, with respect to our operations at P2 and P3 since 2006, and with respect to our operations at P4, P5 and P6 since 2008. Also, we received certification to self-inspect designated waste products with respect to our Paju plant by the Ministry of Environment in 2011, which was recertified in 2013. In addition, in recognition of our efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, we were awarded a commendation from the Minster of Environment in the efforts against climate change category in the 2013 Green Management Awards, which was jointly hosted by the Ministry of Environment and the Ministry of Trade, Industry and Energy.

We also have an internal monitoring system to control the use of hazardous substances in the manufacture of our products as we are committed to compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations, including European Union Restriction of Hazardous Substances (RoHS) Directive 2011/65/EU, and restricts the use of certain hazardous substances in the manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment.

In addition, as part of our commitment to purchase environment-friendly raw materials, we have implemented a green purchasing system that prevents the introduction of hazardous materials at the purchasing stage. The green purchasing system has been a key component in our efforts to comply with RoHS and other applicable environmental laws and regulation.

In October 2005, we became the first display panel company to receive accreditation as an International Accredited Testing Laboratory by the Korea Laboratory Accreditation Scheme, which is operated by the Korean Ministry of Knowledge Economy. In September 2006, we received international accreditation from TUV SUD, EU’s German accreditation agency, as a RoHS testing laboratory. Our efforts to keep pace with the increasingly stringent accreditation standards and to receive and maintain such accreditations are part of our on-going efforts to systematically monitor environmentally controlled substances in our component parts inventory. Moreover, we participated in reforming IEC 62321, an international testing standard published by the International Electrotechnical Commission and used by RoHS, and the commission adopted our halogen-free combustion ion chromatography method in as IEC 62321-3-2, which was published in June 2013.

 

25


Table of Contents

12. Financial Information

A. Financial highlights (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   As of December 31,
2013
    As of December 31,
2012
    As of December 31,
2011
     As of December 31,
2010
    As of December 31,
2009
 

Current assets

     7,731,788        8,914,685        7,858,065         8,840,433        8,226,142   

Quick assets

     5,798,547        6,524,678        5,540,695         6,625,216        6,558,362   

Inventories

     1,933,241        2,390,007        2,317,370         2,215,217        1,667,780   

Non-current assets

     13,983,496        15,540,826        17,304,866         15,017,225        11,477,335   

Investments in equity accounted investees

     406,536        402,158        385,145         325,532        282,450   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     11,808,334        13,107,511        14,696,849         12,815,401        9,596,497   

Intangible assets

     468,185        497,602        535,114         539,901        352,393   

Other non-current assets

     1,300,441        1,533,555        1,687,758         1,336,391        1,245,995   

Total assets

     21,715,284        24,455,511        25,162,931         23,857,658        19,703,477   

Current liabilities

     6,788,919        9,206,158        9,911,434         8,881,829        6,495,071   

Non-current liabilities

     4,128,945        5,009,173        5,120,469         3,914,862        3,168,657   

Total liabilities

     10,917,864        14,215,331        15,031,903         12,796,691        9,663,728   

Share capital

     1,789,079        1,789,079        1,789,079         1,789,079        1,789,079   

Share premium

     2,251,113        2,251,113        2,251,113         2,251,113        2,251,113   

Reserves

     (91,674     (69,370     12,181         (35,298     (51,005

Retained earnings

     6,662,655        6,238,989        6,063,359         7,031,163        6,050,562   

Non-controlling interest

     186,247        30,369        15,296         24,910        0   

Total equity

     10,797,420        10,240,180        10,131,028         11,060,967        10,039,749   

 

26


Table of Contents

(Unit : In millions of Won, except for per share data and number of consolidated entities)

 

Description

   For the year ended
December 31, 2013
    For the year ended
December 31, 2012
    For the year ended
December 31, 2011
    For the year ended
December 31, 2010
    For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Revenue

     27,033,035        29,429,668        24,291,289        25,511,535        20,037,701   

Operating profit (loss)

     1,163,314  (1)      912,368  (2)      (763,548 ) (2)      1,688,560  (2)      1,114,846  (2) 

Operating profit from continuing operations

     418,973        236,345        (787,895     1,159,234        1,117,778   

Profit (loss) for the period

     418,973        236,345        (787,895     1,159,234        1,117,778   

Profit (loss) attributable to:

          

Owners of the Company

     426,118        233,204        (771,223     1,156,343        1,117,778   

Non-controlling interest

     (7,145     3,141        (16,672     2,891        —     

Basic earnings (loss) per share

     1,191        652        (2,155     3,232        3,124   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     1,191        652        (2,155     3,152        3,124   

Number of consolidated entities

     18        20        18        16        11   
(1) Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001 Presentation of Financial Statements adopted in the presentation of operating profit. After adoption of the amendment, operating profit or loss is presented as an amount of revenue less cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and research and development expenses. Prior to the adoption of the amendment, other income and other expenses were included in the presentation of operating profit or loss.
(2) Reclassified to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

27


Table of Contents

B. Financial highlights (Based on separate K-IFRS)

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   As of December 31,
2013
    As of December 31,
2012
    As of December 31,
2011
    As of December 31,
2010
    As of December 31,
2009
 

Current assets

     6,877,367        8,432,253        7,326,764        8,499,873        7,973,355   

Quick assets

     5,290,725        6,484,308        5,414,054        6,739,908        6,687,050   

Inventories

     1,586,642        1,947,945        1,912,710        1,759,965        1,286,305   

Non-current assets

     13,767,226        15,369,335        16,947,200        14,658,125        11,283,512   

Investments

     1,820,806        1,468,778        1,386,313        1,279,831        1,075,229   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     10,294,740        12,004,435        13,522,553        11,688,061        8,730,263   

Intangible assets

     461,620        488,663        479,510        483,260        340,885   

Other non-current assets

     1,190,060        1,407,459        1,558,824        1,206,973        1,137,135   

Total assets

     20,644,593        23,801,588        24,273,964        23,157,998        19,256,867   

Current liabilities

     6,754,175        9,132,943        9,485,333        8,453,869        6,120,663   

Non-current liabilities

     4,127,993        5,007,525        5,101,714        3,833,454        3,102,006   

Total liabilities

     10,882,168        14,140,468        14,587,047        12,287,323        9,222,669   

Share capital

     1,789,079        1,789,079        1,789,079        1,789,079        1,789,079   

Share premium

     2,251,113        2,251,113        2,251,113        2,251,113        2,251,113   

Reserves

     (305     (893     (3,944     (7,795     (17,366

Retained earnings

     5,722,538        5,621,821        5,650,669        6,838,278        6,011,372   

Total equity

     9,762,425        9,661,120        9,686,917        10,870,675        10,034,198   

 

28


Table of Contents

(Unit: In millions of Won, except for per share data)

 

Description

   For the year ended
December 31, 2013
    For the year ended
December 31, 2012
    For the year ended
December 31, 2011
    For the year ended
December 31, 2010
    For the year ended
December 31, 2009
 

Revenue

     25,854,183        28,672,355        23,471,309        25,004,257        20,119,342   

Operating profit (loss)

     753,550  (1)      626,478  (2)      (1,051,042 ) (2)      1,402,453  (2)      1,084,575  (2) 

Operating profit (loss) from continuing operations

     99,672        28,549        (991,032     1,002,648        1,088,814   

Profit (loss) for the period

     99,672        28,549        (991,032     1,002,648        1,088,814   

Basic earnings (loss) per share

     279        80        (2,770     2,802        3,043   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     279        80        (2,770     2,726        3,043   
(1) Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1001 Presentation of Financial Statements adopted in the presentation of operating profit. After adoption of the amendment, operating profit or loss is presented as an amount of revenue less cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and research and development expenses. Prior to the adoption of the amendment, other income and other expenses were included in the presentation of operating profit or loss.
(2) Reclassified to conform to the presentation for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

29


Table of Contents

C. Consolidated subsidiaries (as of December 31, 2013)

 

Company

   Primary Business      Location      Equity
Interest
 

LG Display America, Inc.

     Sales         U.S.A.         100

LG Display Germany GmbH

     Sales         Germany         100

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

     Sales         Japan         100

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

     Sales         Taiwan         100

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales         China         100

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

     Sales         China         100

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

     Manufacturing and sales         Poland         80

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales         China         100

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

     Sales         China         100

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     Sales         Singapore         100

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales         China         51

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales         China         51

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales         China         100

LG Display (China) Co., Ltd.

     Manufacturing and sales         China         70

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

     Manufacturing and sales         China         51

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

     Manufacturing and sales         U.S.A.         100

LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

     Manufacturing         Mexico         100

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

     Workplace services         Korea         100

 

30


Table of Contents

D. Status of equity investments (as of December 31, 2013)

 

Company

   Investment Amount      Initial Equity
Investment Date
     Equity
Interest
 

LG Display America, Inc. (1)

     US$375,000,000         September 24, 1999         100

LG Display Germany GmbH

     EUR960,000         November 5, 1999         100

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

     ¥95,000,000         October 12, 1999         100

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

     NT$115,500,000         May 19, 2000         100

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

     CNY2,834,206,315         July 15, 2002         100

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

     CNY4,138,650         January 16, 2003         100

LG Display Poland Sp. zo.o.

     PLN410,327,700         September 6, 2005         80

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (2)

     CNY992,062,354         August 7, 2006         100

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

     CNY3,775,250         August 28, 2007         100

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

     SGD1,400,000         January 12, 2009         100

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.

     CNY41,785,824         January 5, 2010         51

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Co., Ltd.

     CNY59,197,026         January 5, 2010         51

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

     CNY525,016,000         April 19, 2010         100

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

     CNY50,353,677         December 27, 2010         51

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

     US$10,920,000         December 8, 2011         100

LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

     MXN111,998,058         December 30, 2011         100

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 800,000,000         March 19, 2012         100

LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. (3)

     CNY2,313,523,882         December 27, 2012         70

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

     CNY636,973,639         October 7, 2008         51

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 33,648,000,000         March 25, 2005         40

TLI Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 14,073,806,250         May 16, 2008         10

AVACO Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 6,172,728,120         June 9, 2008         16

New Optics Ltd. (4)

     ₩ 12,199,600,000         July 30, 2008         46

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 6,330,000,000         February 24, 2009         13

Wooree E&L Co., Ltd. (formerly Wooree LED Co., Ltd.)

     ₩ 11,900,000,000         May 22, 2009         21

Global OLED Technology LLC

     US$45,170,000         December 23, 2009         33

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16 (5)

     ₩ 20,939,282,659         December 7, 2009         31

Can Yang Investment Ltd.

     US$15,300,000         January 27, 2010         9

YAS Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 10,000,000,000         September 16, 2010         19

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

     US$4,000,000         September 28, 2010         20

Narae Nanotech Corporation

     ₩ 30,000,000,000         April 22, 2011         23

Avatec Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 10,600,000,000         December 6, 2011         16

Glonix Co., Ltd.

     ₩ 2,000,000,000         April 10, 2012         20
(1) In December 2013, we invested US$75 million in LG Display America, Inc. The investment did not affect our percentage interest.
(2) In October 2013, we invested CNY96 million in LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. The investment increased our percentage interest from 90% to 100%.
(3) In October and November 2013, we invested CNY858 million and CNY204 million, respectively, in LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. The investment did not affect our percentage interest.
(4) In October 2013, we did not participate in New Optics Ltd.’s reduction in capital stock, which led to an increase of our percentage interest from 42% to 46%.
(5) In November 2013, we invested ₩3.8 billion in LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16. The investment did not affect our percentage interest.

 

- In March 2014, we invested US$4 million and established United Innovative Technology, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary.

 

31


Table of Contents

13. Audit Information

A. Audit service

(Unit: In millions of Won, hours)

 

Description

   2013    2012    2011

Auditor

   KPMG Samjong    KPMG Samjong    KPMG Samjong

Activity

   Audit by independent
auditor
   Audit by independent
auditor
   Audit by independent
auditor

Compensation (1)

   910 (325) (2)    850 (285) (2)    850 (285) (2)

Time required

   16,202    16,792    16,154
(1) Compensation amount is the contracted amount for the full fiscal year.
(2) Compensation amount in ( ) is for Form 20-F filing and SOX 404 audit.

B. Non-audit service

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Fiscal year

  

Contract date

  

Service description

  

Service period

  

Compensation

2013

   July 29, 2013    Advisory services in establishing a compliance system in connection with our disclosure obligations under the U.S. Securities and Exchange commission’s conflict mineral rule.    July 2013 to October 2013    126

14. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

A. Risk relating to forward-looking statements

The annual report contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views as of the date of this report with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance or results. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors beyond our control. We have no obligation to update or correct the forward-looking statements contained in these materials subsequent to the date hereof. All forward-looking statements attributable to us in this report are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section.

B. Overview

In 2013, we faced many difficult challenges as the display panel industry faced a downturn amid lingering uncertainties in the global economic environment. However, in the midst of these difficult challenges, we were able to find new opportunities to prepare stepping stones for our future.

Our OLED television panels opened the way for us. In January 2013, at the Consumer Electronics Show held in the United States, we introduced our 55-inch flat and curved OLED television panels, and in September 2013, we unveiled our 77-inch Ultra HD OLED television panel, which was a trendsetter for large-sized high definition television panels. In addition, in October 2013, we commenced mass production of our flexible OLED panels for smartphones, which received favorable reviews compared to our competitors’ panels, and we were able to make strides in building a new market for our OLED panels.

 

32


Table of Contents

With respect to the market for Ultra HD LCD panels, although we were relatively behind in entering this market, we have been able to respond quickly by introducing a broad product line-up from entry- to premium-level panels and securing new customers.

With respect to the market for IT and mobile panels, although we have faced difficulties due to decreases in demand from our major customers, we were able to increase the proportion of monitors and notebook computers with IPS technology in our product sales, and sales of our panels for tablet computers and smartphones have increased and the market is gradually stabilizing.

As for the market for panels for other applications, through our strategy of offering differentiated products and technologies, we have been able to diversify our customer base. In addition, by engaging in a joint promotion with one of our customers of our automotive displays, we have been able to build trust, and little-by-little we are able to see favorable results in the market for automotive displays.

As a result of these efforts, we were able to record an annual revenue of ₩27,033 billion and an operating profit of ₩1,163 billion.

C. Financial condition and results of operations

(1) Results of operations (Based on consolidated K-IFRS)

In 2013, like in the previous year, we maintained our market-leading position in the display panel industry through a continued shift in our product mix toward increasingly higher proportions of differentiated products, such as our television, IT and mobile display panels utilizing IPS, copper line, Touch Total Solution, FPR 3D and other differentiated technologies. In addition, with respect to OLED technology, which is the next generation in display panel technology, we were able to quickly commercialize this technology and supply the world’s first high-definition ultra-thin 55-inch OLED 3D television panel. Furthermore, in the second half of 2013, we successfully commenced mass production of flexible OLED panels for smartphones. We are quickly preparing ourselves in anticipation of growth in the market for OLED panels.

Our net display area shipped decreased by 1% in 2013 compared to 2012 and revenue decreased by 8% from ₩29,430 billion in 2012 to ₩27,033 billion in 2013 mainly due to decreases in demand for display panels and average selling price as a result of lingering uncertainties in the global economic environment. However, our operating profit increased by 28% from ₩912 billion in 2012 to ₩1,163 billion in 2013 and profit for the year increased by 77% from ₩236 billion in 2012 to ₩419 billion in 2013 mainly due to our efforts to increase the proportion of high value products in our product mix and decrease costs. In the large-sized panel market in 2013, we maintained our market position of holding the largest market share from the previous year.

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   2013     2012     Changes  

Revenue

     27,033,035        29,429,668        (2,396,633

Cost of sales

     (23,524,851     (26,424,756     2,899,905   

Gross profit

     3,508,184        3,004,912        503,272   

Selling expenses

     (731,521     (813,742     82,221   

Administrative expenses

     (517,622     (493,691     (23,931

Research and development expenses

     (1,095,727     (785,111     (310,616

Operating profit (loss)

     1,163,314        912,368        250,946   

Finance income

     185,011        293,172        (108,161

Finance costs

     (381,851     (436,696     54,845   

Other non-operating income

     1,108,754        1,260,942        (152,188

Other non-operating expenses

     (1,268,588     (1,614,040     345,452   

Equity income on investment, net

     23,665        42,779        (19,114

Profit (loss) before income tax

     830,305        458,525        371,780   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     411,332        222,180        189,152   

Profit (loss) for the period

     418,973        236,345        182,628   

 

33


Table of Contents

(a) Selected financial ratios

 

Ratios

  

Calculation

   2013
Ratio
    2012
Ratio
    Percentage
Point Change
 

Current ratio

   (current assets ÷ current liabilities) x 100      113.9     96.8     17.1

Debt to equity ratio

   (total liabilities ÷ total equity) x 100      101.1     138.8     (37.7 %) 

Operating margin

   (results from operating activities ÷ revenue) x 100      4.3     3.1     1.2

Net margin

   (profit for the period ÷ revenue) x 100      1.5     0.8     0.7

Return on assets

   (profit for the period ÷ total assets) x 100      1.9     1.0     0.9

Return on equity

   (profit for the period ÷ total equity) x 100      3.9     2.3     1.6

Net cash from operating activities to assets ratio

   (net cash from operating activities ÷ total assets) x 100      16.5     18.7     (2.2 %) 

 

Ratios

  

Calculation

   2013
Ratio
 

Revenue growth

   (current year revenue ÷ prior year revenue) x 100 -1      (8.1 %) 

Operating profit growth

   (current year results from operating activities ÷ prior year results from operating activities) x 100 -1      27.5

Net profit growth

   (current year profit ÷ prior year profit) x 100 -1      77.3

Total assets growth

   (current year end total assets ÷ prior year end total assets) x 100 -1      (11.2 %) 

Asset turnover

   Revenue ÷ ((total assets at beginning of year + total assets at end of year) ÷ 2)      1.2   

(b) Revenue and cost of sales

Our cost of sales as a percentage of revenue decreased by 2.8 percentage points from 89.8% in 2012 to 87.0% in 2013 primarily due to our continued efforts to reduce costs coupled with increases in sales of our panels larger than 50 inches in size and panels utilizing IPS technology, which tend to command higher margins relative to other products in our product mix.

 

34


Table of Contents

(Unit: In millions of Won, except percentages)

 

Description

   2013     2012     Changes  
       Amount     Percentage  

Revenue

     27,033,035        29,429,668        (2,396,633     (8.1 %) 

Cost of sales

     23,524,851        26,424,756        (2,899,905     (11.0 %) 

Gross profit

     3,508,184        3,004,912        503,272        16.8

Cost of sales as a percentage of sales

     87.0     89.8    

(c) Sales by category

Revenue attributable to sales of panels for mobile applications and others as a percentage of total revenue increased by 1.4 percentage points in 2013 compared to 2012 due to an increase in demand for smartphones during the same period. Revenue from sales of panels for tablet computers as a percentage of total revenue increased by 0.6 percentage points in 2013 compared to 2012 due to an increase in demand for tablet computers during the same period. Revenue from sales of panels for televisions as a percentage of total revenue generally decreased in 2013 compared to 2012 due to a decrease in average selling price of television panels during the same period, which more than offset an increase in unit sales during the same period.

 

Categories

   2013     2012     Difference  

Panels for televisions

     43.6     45.9     (2.3 %) 

Panels for desktop monitors

     19.4     17.1     2.3

Panels for notebook computers

     10.4     12.5     (2.0 %) 

Panels for tablet computers

     13.2     12.6     0.6

Panels for mobile applications and others

     13.4     11.9     1.4

(d) Production capacity

Our annual production capacity decreased by 2% in 2013 compared to 2012, in large part due to the conversion of certain production lines to produce high value display panels in 2013, during which those lines were not available for production.

(2) Financial condition (based on consolidated K-IFRS)

Our current assets decreased by ₩1,183 billion from ₩8,915 billion as of December 31, 2012 to ₩7,732 billion as of December 31, 2013, and our non-current assets decreased by ₩1,557 billion from ₩15,541 billion as of December 31, 2012 to ₩13,983 billion as of December 31, 2013. Our current liabilities decreased by ₩2,417 billion from ₩9,206 billion as of December 31, 2012 to ₩6,789 billion as of December 31, 2013, and our non-current liabilities decreased by ₩880 billion from ₩5,009 billion as of December 31, 2012 to ₩4,129 billion as of December 31, 2013. Our total equity increased by ₩557 billion from ₩10,240 billion as of December 31, 2012 to ₩10,797 billion as of December 31, 2013.

 

35


Table of Contents

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   2013     2012     Changes  

Current assets

     7,731,788        8,914,685        (1,182,897

Non-current assets

     13,983,496        15,540,826        (1,557,330

Total assets

     21,715,284        24,455,511        (2,740,227

Current liabilities

     6,788,919        9,206,158        (2,417,239

Non-current liabilities

     4,128,945        5,009,173        (880,228

Total liabilities

     10,917,864        14,215,331        (3,297,467

Share capital

     1,789,079        1,789,079        0   

Share premium

     2,251,113        2,251,113        0   

Reserves

     (91,674     (69,370     (22,304

Retained earnings

     6,662,655        6,238,989        423,666   

Non-controlling interest

     186,247        30,369        155,878   

Total equity

     10,797,420        10,240,180        557,240   

Total liabilities and equity

     21,715,284        24,455,511        (2,740,227

Due in part to our inventory management activities and an increase in the sales of display panel cells for televisions in 2013 compared to 2012, our inventory decreased by ₩457 billion from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

Net trade accounts and notes receivable as of December 31, 2013 was ₩3,129 billion, a decrease of ₩206 billion from net trade accounts and notes receivable as of December 31, 2012. Trade accounts and notes receivable amounting to ₩1,105 billion (approximately US$1,048 million) and ₩1,851 billion (approximately US$1,728 million) were sold to financial institutions, but are current and outstanding, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The book value of our total tangible assets as of December 31, 2013 was ₩11,808 billion, a decrease of ₩1,299 billion from the book value of our total tangible assets as of December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to an increase in depreciation costs which outpaced increases resulting from investments in production facilities in Korea in the amount of ₩1,936 billion.

Trade accounts and notes payable as of December 31, 2013 was ₩3,000 billion, a decrease of ₩1,148 billion from trade accounts and notes payable as of December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in our purchase of components and raw materials corresponding to a decrease in our production levels in 2013.

Other accounts payable as of December 31, 2013 was ₩1,454 billion, a decrease of ₩1,357 billion from other accounts payable as of December 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to the payment of accounts payable relating to the completion of certain of our OLED, plastic OLED and LTPS production facilities and P98 in 2012.

 

36


Table of Contents

(3) Liquidity and capital resources

In 2013, our net cash from operating activities amounted to ₩3,585 billion, our net cash used in financing activities, including the incurrence of short- and long-term borrowings as well as the issuance of corporate debentures, amounted to ₩391 billion, and our net cash used in investing activities, including the acquisition of tangible assets and our acquisition of investments in equity accounted investees, amounted to ₩4,504 billion.

In 2014, we expect that our capital expenditures on a cash out basis will be approximately in the mid-₩3 trillions, which is subject to our evaluation of market and industry conditions in light of our future plans and financial condition, primarily to fund the expansion of our OLED and LTPS-based panel production capacities, as well as to fund the construction of our fabrication facility in China in anticipation of increasing demand from China. Such amount is subject to change depending on business conditions and market environment.

(Unit: In millions of Won)

 

Description

   2013     2012     Changes  

Results (loss) from operating activities

     1,163,314        912,368        250,946   

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,584,773        4,569,695        (984,922

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (390,984     (48,124     (342,860

Net cash used in investing activities

     (4,504,321     (3,688,185     (816,136

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31,

     1,021,870        2,338,661        (1,316,791

15. Board of Directors

A. Members of the board of directors

As of December 31, 2013, our board of directors consist of two non-outside directors, one non-standing director and four outside directors.

(As of December 31, 2013)

 

Name

  

Date of birth

  

Position

  

Experience (including current
position)

   First elected

Sang Beom Han

   June 18, 1955   

Representative

Director (non-outside), Chief Executive Officer and President

   Head of LG Display TV Business Division    March 9, 2012

James (Hoyoung) Jeong

   November 2, 1961    Director (non-outside), Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President    Chief Financial Officer of LG Electronics    February 29, 2008

Yu Sig Kang

   November 3, 1948    Director (non-standing)    Representative Director of LG Corp.    March 11, 2011

Tae Sik Ahn

   March 21, 1956    Outside Director    Professor, School of Business Administration, Seoul National University    March 12, 2010

Jin Jang

   November 28, 1954    Outside Director    Chair Professor, Department of Information Display, Kyung Hee University    March 11, 2011

Dong Il Kwon

   February 5, 1957    Outside Director    Professor, Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Seoul National University    March 9, 2012

Joon Park

   October 30, 1954    Outside Director    Professor, School of Law, Seoul National University    March 8, 2013

 

37


Table of Contents

As of the date of this Korean business report (i.e., March 21, 2014), our board of directors consist of two non-outside directors, one non-standing director and four outside directors.

(As of March 21, 2014)

 

Name

  

Date of birth

  

Position

  

Experience (including current
position)

   First elected

Sang Beom Han

   June 18, 1955   

Representative

Director (non-outside), Chief Executive Officer and President

   Head of LG Display TV Business Division    March 9, 2012

Sangdon Kim (1)

   October 20, 1962    Director (non-outside), Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President    Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Serveone; Head of Jeong-Do Management Department of LG Uplus    March 7, 2014

Yu Sig Kang (2)

   November 3, 1948    Director (non-standing)    Representative Director of LG Corp.    March 11, 2011

Tae Sik Ahn

   March 21, 1956    Outside Director    Professor, School of Business Administration, Seoul National University    March 12, 2010

Jin Jang (3)

   November 28, 1954    Outside Director    Chair Professor, Department of Information Display, Kyung Hee University    March 11, 2011

Dong Il Kwon

   February 5, 1957    Outside Director    Professor, Department of Materials Science and Engineering, Seoul National University    March 9, 2012

Joon Park

   October 30, 1954    Outside Director    Professor, School of Law, Seoul National University    March 8, 2013

 

(1) Sangdon Kim was elected as a non-outside director at our general meeting of shareholders held on March 7, 2014.
(2) Yu Sig Kang was reelected as a non-standing director at our general meeting of shareholders held on March 7, 2014.
(3) Jin Jang was reelected as a non-standing director at our general meeting of shareholders held on March 7, 2014.

 

38


Table of Contents

B. Committees of the board of directors

As of December 31, 2013, we have the following committees that serve under our board of directors: Audit Committee, Outside Director Nomination Committee and Management Committee.

(as of December 31, 2013)

 

Committee

  

Composition

  

Member

Audit Committee

   3 outside directors    Tae Sik Ahn, Joon Park, Jin Jang

Outside Director Nomination

  

1 non-outside director and

2 outside directors

   James (Hoyoung) Jeong, Dong Il Kwon, Jin Jang

Management Committee

   2 non-outside directors    Sang Beom Han, James (Hoyoung) Jeong

As of the date of this Korean business report (i.e., March 21, 2014), we have the following committees that serve under our board of directors: Audit Committee, Outside Director Nomination Committee and Management Committee.

(as of March 21, 2014)

 

Committee

  

Composition

  

Member

Audit Committee

   3 outside directors    Tae Sik Ahn, Joon Park, Jin Jang

Outside Director Nomination

  

1 non-standing director and

2 outside directors

   Yu Sig Kang, Tae Sik Ahn, Dong Il Kwon

Management Committee

   2 non-outside directors    Sang Beom Han, Sangdon Kim

C. Independence of directors

 

  Outside director: Independent

 

  Non-outside director: Not independent

 

  Each of our outside directors meets the applicable independence standards set forth under the applicable laws and regulations. Each of our outside directors was nominated by the Outside Director Nomination Committee, was approved by the board of directors and was appointed at the general meeting of shareholders. None of our outside directors has or had any business transaction or any related party transactions with us.

16. Information Regarding Shares

A. Total number of shares

(1) Total number of shares authorized to be issued (as of December 31, 2013): 500,000,000 shares.

(2) Total shares issued and outstanding (as of December 31, 2013): 357,815,700 shares.

 

39


Table of Contents

B. Shareholder list

(1) Largest shareholder and related parties as of December 31, 2013:

 

Name

  

Relationship

  

Number of Shares of Common Stock

    

Equity Interest

 

LG Electronics

   Largest
Shareholder
     135,625,000         37.9

Sang Beom Han

   Related

Party

     4,204         0.0

(2) Shareholders who are known to us to own 5% or more of our shares as of December 31, 2013:

 

Beneficial Owner

  

Number of Shares of Common Stock

    

Equity Interest

 

LG Electronics

     135,625,000         37.9

National Pension Service

     25,237,480         7.1

17. Directors and Employees

A. Directors

(1) Remuneration for directors in 2013

(Unit: person, in millions of Won)

 

Classification

  

No. of
directors (1)

  

Amount
paid (2)

   

Per capita average

remuneration paid (4)

 

Non-outside directors

   3      1,694 (3)      565   

Outside directors who are not audit committee members

   1      66        66   

Outside directors who are audit committee members

   3      196        65   

Total

   7      1,956        —     

 

(1) Number of directors as at December 31, 2013.
(2) Amount paid is calculated on the basis of amount of cash actually paid.
(3) Among the non-outside directors, Yu Sig Kang does not receive any remuneration.
(4) Per capita average remuneration paid is calculated by dividing total amount paid by the average number of directors for the year ended December 31, 2013.

(2) Remuneration for individual directors and audit committee members

 

  Individual amount of remuneration paid

(Unit: in millions of Won)

 

Name

   Position    Total
remuneration
     Payment not included in
total remuneration
 

Sang Beom Han

   President      1,152         —     

James (Hoyoung) Jeong

   Executive Vice
President
     542         —     

 

40


Table of Contents
  Method of calculation

 

Name

  

Method of calculation

Sang Beom Han   

•    Total remuneration: ₩1,152 million (consisting of ₩945 million in salary and ₩207 million in bonus).

 

•    Salary and bonus amounts determined by the HR personnel policy for executive directors.

James (Hoyoung) Jeong   

•    Total remuneration: ₩542 million (consisting of ₩427 million in salary and ₩115 million in bonus).

 

•    Salary and bonus amounts determined by the HR personnel policy for executive directors.

 

(3) Stock options

Not applicable.

B. Employees

As of December 31, 2013, we had 33,643 employees (excluding our executive officers). On average, our male employees have served 6.2 years and our female employees have served 4.3 years. The total amount of salary paid to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2013 based on income tax statements submitted to the Korean tax authority in accordance with Article 20 of the Income Tax Act was ₩1,357.718 million for our male employees and ₩410,204 million for our female employees. The following table provides details of our employees as of December 31, 2013:

(Unit: person, in millions of Won, year)

 

     Number of
employees (1)
     Total salary in 2013 (2) (3) (4)      Total salary
per capita (5)
     Average years of
service
 

Male

     23,760         1,357,718         56         6   

Female

     9,883         410,204         40         4   

Total

     33,643         1,767,922         51         6   

 

(1) Includes part-time employees.
(2) Welfare benefits and retirement expenses have been excluded. Total welfare benefit provided to our employees for the year ended December 31, 2013 was ₩329,023 million and the per capita welfare benefit provided was ₩9.5 million.
(3) Based on income tax statements, which are submitted to the Korean tax authority in accordance with Article 20 of the Income Tax Act.
(4) Includes incentive payments to employees who have transferred from our affiliated companies.
(5) Calculated using the average number of employees (male: 24,187, female: 10,222) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

41


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

42


Table of Contents

Contents

 

     Page  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     44   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

     46   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     47   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     48   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     49   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     51   

 

43


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Based on a report originally issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of Korea. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and its financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the following:

The procedures and practices utilized in the Republic of Korea to audit such consolidated financial statements may differ from those generally accepted and applied in other countries. Accordingly, this report is for use by those knowledgeable about Korean auditing standards and their application in practice.

As discussed in note 20 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has been or is under investigations by antitrust authorities in several countries with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the Liquid Crystal Display (“LCD”) industry and named as defendants in a number of individual lawsuits and class actions in the United States and Canada, respectively, in connection with alleged antitrust violations concerning the sale of LCD panels. The Group estimated and recognized losses related to these investigations and alleged violations. However, actual losses are subject to change in the future based on new developments in each matter, or changes in circumstances, which could be materially different from those estimated and recognized by the Group.

 

44


Table of Contents

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 19, 2014

 

This report is effective as of February 19, 2014, the audit report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances, which may occur between the audit report date and the time of reading this report, could have a material impact on the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Accordingly, the readers of the audit report should understand that the above audit report has not been updated to reflect the impact of such subsequent events or circumstances, if any.

 

45


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In millions of won)    Note         December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   6, 13         1,021,870       2,338,661  

Deposits in banks

   6, 13         1,301,539       315,092  

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

   7, 13, 19, 22         3,128,626       3,334,341  

Other accounts receivable, net

   7, 13         89,545       199,007  

Other current financial assets

   9, 13         919       3,828  

Inventories

   8         1,933,241       2,390,007  

Prepaid income taxes

           4,066       8,483  

Other current assets

   7         251,982       325,266  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

           7,731,788       8,914,685  

Investments in equity accounted investees

   10         406,536       402,158  

Other non-current financial assets

   9, 13         46,259       86,432  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   11, 23         11,808,334       13,107,511  

Intangible assets, net

   12, 23         468,185       497,602  

Deferred tax assets

   29         1,037,000       1,294,813  

Other non-current assets

   7         217,182       152,310  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

           13,983,496       15,540,826  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

           21,715,284       24,455,511  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

          

Trade accounts and notes payable

   13, 22         2,999,522       4,147,036  

Current financial liabilities

   13, 14         907,942       1,015,272  

Other accounts payable

   13         1,454,339       2,811,161  

Accrued expenses

           491,236       412,055  

Income tax payable

           46,777       56,521  

Provisions

   18         200,731       250,984  

Advances received

   19         656,775       485,468  

Other current liabilities

   18         31,597       27,661  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

           6,788,919       9,206,158  

Non-current financial liabilities

   13, 14         2,994,837       3,440,585  

Non-current provisions

   18         5,005       6,515  

Employee benefits

   17         319,087       180,640  

Long-term advances received

   19         427,397       1,049,678  

Deferred tax liabilities

   29         119       —    

Other non-current liabilities

   18         382,500       331,755  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

           4,128,945       5,009,173  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

           10,917,864       14,215,331  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

          

Share capital

   21         1,789,079       1,789,079  

Share premium

           2,251,113       2,251,113  

Reserves

   21         (91,674 )     (69,370 )

Retained earnings

           6,662,655       6,238,989  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to owners of the Controlling Company

           10,611,173       10,209,811  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

           186,247       30,369  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

           10,797,420       10,240,180  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

           21,715,284       24,455,511  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won, except earnings per share)    Note         2013     2012  

Revenue

   22, 23, 24         27,033,035       29,429,668  

Cost of sales

   8, 22         (23,524,851 )     (26,424,756 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           3,508,184       3,004,912  

Selling expenses

   16         (731,521 )     (813,742 )

Administrative expenses

   16         (517,622 )     (493,691 )

Research and development expenses

           (1,095,727 )     (785,111 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

           1,163,314       912,368  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

   27         185,011       293,172  

Finance costs

   27         (381,851 )     (436,696 )

Other non-operating income

   25         1,108,754       1,260,942  

Other non-operating expenses

   25         (1,268,588 )     (1,614,040 )

Equity in income of equity method accounted investees, net

           23,665       42,779  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

           830,305       458,525  

Income tax expense

   28         (411,332 )     (222,180 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

           418,973       236,345  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

          

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

          

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability

   17,28         998       (75,899 )

Related income tax

   17,28         (334 )     18,325  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           664       (57,574 )

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

          

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

   27,28         826       4,764  

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

   27,28         (22,100 )     (86,320 )

Share of loss from sale of treasury stocks by associates

   28         (802 )     (48 )

Related income tax

   28         (225 )     (1,043 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           (22,301 )     (82,647 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year, net of income tax

           (21,637 )     (140,221 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

           397,336       96,124  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) attributable to:

          

Owners of the Controlling Company

           426,118       233,204  

Non-controlling interests

           (7,145 )     3,141  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

           418,973       236,345  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

          

Owners of the Controlling Company

           404,478       94,079  

Non-controlling interests

           (7,142 )     2,045  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

           397,336       96,124  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

          

Basic earnings per share

   30         1,191       652  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   30         1,191       652  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

47


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

          Attributable to owners of the Controlling Company              
(In millions of won)         Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Cumulative
net gain on
sale of own shares
of associates
    Fair
value
reserve
    Translation
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Non-controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

Balances at January 1, 2012

           1,789,079       2,251,113       596       (3,856 )     15,441       6,063,359       15,296       10,131,028  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

                 

Profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         233,204       3,141       236,345  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                 

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

      —         —         —         3,790       —         —          —          3,790  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations, net of tax

      —         —         —         —         (85,293 )     —          (1,096 )     (86,389 )

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability, net of tax

      —         —         —         —         —         (57,574 )     —          (57,574 )

Share of loss from sale of treasury stocks by associates, net of tax

      —         —         (48 )     —         —         —          —          (48 )
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

      —         —         (48 )     3,790       (85,293 )     (57,574 )     (1,096 )     (140,221 )
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

           —         —         (48 )     3,790       (85,293 )     175,630       2,045       96,124  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

                 

Incorporation of subsidiaries

      —         —         —         —         —         —         13,028       13,028  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

           1,789,079       2,251,113       548       (66 )     (69,852 )     6,238,989       30,369       10,240,180  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2013

           1,789,079       2,251,113       548       (66 )     (69,852 )     6,238,989       30,369       10,240,180  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

                 

Profit (loss) for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         426,118       (7,145 )     418,973  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                 

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

      —         —         —         638       —         —         —         638  

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations, net of tax

      —         —         —         —         (22,140 )     —         3       (22,137 )

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability, net of tax

      —         —         —         —         —         664       —         664  

Share of loss from sale of treasury stocks by associates, net of tax

      —         —         (802 )     —         —         —         —         (802 )
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

      —         —         (802 )     638       (22,140 )     664       3       (21,637 )
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

           —         —         (802 )     638       (22,140 )     426,782       (7,142 )     397,336  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

                 

Capital contribution from non-controlling interests and others

      —         —         —         —         —         (3,116 )     163,020       159,904  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

           1,789,079       2,251,113       (254 )     572       (91,992 )     6,662,655       186,247       10,797,420  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won)    Note         2013     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Profit for the year

           418,973       236,345  

Adjustments for:

          

Income tax expense

   28         411,332       222,180  

Depreciation

   11, 15         3,598,472       4,196,487  

Amortization of intangible assets

   12, 15         236,046       272,925  

Gain on foreign currency translation

           (76,111 )     (234,912 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

           55,870       73,391  

Expenses related to defined benefit plans

   17, 26         159,453       138,879  

Reversal of stock compensation expense

           —         (3 )

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

           (9,620 )     (5,925 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

           1,639       3,728  

Impairment loss on property, plant and equipment

           853       —    

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

           452       704  

Impairment loss on intangible assets

           1,661       40,012  

Reversal of impairment loss on intangible assets

           (296 )     —    

Finance income

           (52,862 )     (133,711 )

Finance costs

           163,183       209,104  

Equity in income of equity method accounted investees, net

   10         (23,665 )     (42,779 )

Other income

           (412 )     (8,232 )

Other expenses

           351,953       560,458  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           4,817,948       5,292,306  

Change in trade accounts and notes receivable

           (251,752 )     (1,456,943 )

Change in other accounts receivable

           133,734       15,515  

Change in other current assets

           89,456       (46,216 )

Change in inventories

           456,766       (72,637 )

Change in other non-current assets

           (120,054 )     (47,872 )

Change in trade accounts and notes payable

           (1,110,098 )     440,883  

Change in other accounts payable

           (289,441 )     (292,443 )

Change in accrued expenses

           68,162       158,698  

Change in other current liabilities

           (7,846 )     359,132  

Change in long-term advances received

           —         789,670  

Change in other non-current liabilities

           9,808       2,453  

Change in provisions

           (315,266 )     (390,974 )

Change in defined benefit liabilities

           (19,627 )     (180,599 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           (1,356,158 )     (721,333 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities

           3,880,763       4,807,318  

Income taxes paid

           (159,286 )     (77,643 )

Interests received

           36,686       33,302  

Interests paid

           (173,390 )     (193,282 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

           3,584,773       4,569,695  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

49


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won)         2013     2012  

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Dividends received

        14,582       686  

Proceeds from withdrawal of deposits in banks

        1,657,082       913,500  

Increase in deposits in banks

        (2,644,204 )     (413,512 )

Acquisition of investments in equity accounted investees

        (18,744 )     (6,599 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

        5,023       3,938  

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

        (3,473,059 )     (3,972,479 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        39,838       58,846  

Acquisition of intangible assets

        (184,754 )     (285,888 )

Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets

        1,902       —    

Government grants received

        59,629       3,962  

Proceeds from settlement of derivatives

        —         742  

Increase in short-term loans

        —         (10 )

Proceeds from collection of short-term loans

        2       —    

Acquisition of other non-current financial assets

        (5,410 )     (55,276 )

Proceeds from disposal of other non-current financial assets

        43,792       63,905  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (4,504,321 )     (3,688,185 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

        1,430,041       3,455,548  

Repayments of short-term borrowings

        (1,444,717 )     (3,441,632 )

Proceeds from issuance of debentures

        587,603       298,783  

Proceeds from long-term debt

        372,785       494,000  

Repayments of long-term debt

        (301,229 )     —    

Repayments of current portion of long-term debt and debentures

        (1,195,340 )     (867,851 )

Capital contribution from non-controlling interest

        159,873       13,028  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

        (390,984 )     (48,124 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        (1,310,532 )     833,386  

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

        2,338,661       1,517,977  

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash held

        (6,259 )     (12,702 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

        1,021,870       2,338,661  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

50


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity

 

  (a) Description of the Controlling Company

LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Controlling Company”) was incorporated in February 1985 under its original name of LG Soft, Ltd. as a wholly owned subsidiary of LG Electronics Inc. In 1998, LG Electronics Inc. and LG Semicon Co., Ltd. transferred their respective Thin Film Transistor Liquid Crystal Display (“TFT-LCD”) related business to the Controlling Company. The main business of the Controlling Company and its subsidiaries is to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD panels. The Controlling Company is a stock company (“Jusikhoesa”) domiciled in the Republic of Korea with its address at 128, Yeouidae-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, the Republic of Korea. In July 1999, LG Electronics Inc. and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) entered into a joint venture agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Controlling Company changed its name to LG.Philips LCD Co., Ltd. However, in February 2008, the Controlling Company changed its name to LG Display Co., Ltd. considering the decrease of Philips’s share interest in the Controlling Company and the possibility of its business expansion to other display products including Organic Light Emitting Diode (“OLED”) and Flexible Display products. As of December 31, 2013, LG Electronics Inc. owns 37.9% (135,625,000 shares) of the Controlling Company’s common shares.

As of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company has TFT-LCD manufacturing plants, an OLED manufacturing plant and an LCD Research & Development Center in Paju and TFT-LCD manufacturing plants in Gumi. The Controlling Company has overseas subsidiaries located in North America, Europe and Asia.

The Controlling Company’s common stock is listed on the Korea Exchange under the identifying code 034220. As of December 31, 2013, there are 357,815,700 shares of common stock outstanding. The Controlling Company’s common stock is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) under the symbol “LPL.” One ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2013, there are 19,789,200 ADSs outstanding.

 

51


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013

 

(In millions)                               

Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Percentage of
ownership

   

Fiscal year

end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

  

Capital

stocks

LG Display America, Inc. (*1)

   San Jose,

U.S.A.

     100   December 31    September 24,
1999
   Sell TFT-LCD products    USD 375

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

   Tokyo,
Japan
     100   December 31    October 12,
1999
   Sell TFT-LCD

Products

   JPY 95

LG Display Germany GmbH

   Ratingen,
Germany
     100   December 31    November 5,
1999
   Sell TFT-LCD products    EUR 1

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

   Taipei,
Taiwan
     100   December 31    April 12,

1999

   Sell TFT-LCD products    NTD 116

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

   Nanjing,
China
     100   December 31    July 15,

2002

   Manufacture and sell
TFT-LCD products
   CNY 2,834

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

   Shanghai,
China
     100   December 31    January 16,
2003
   Sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 4

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o. (*2)

   Wroclaw,
Poland
     80   December 31    September 6,
2005
   Manufacture and sell
TFT-LCD products
   PLN 511

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (*3)

   Guangzhou,
China
     100   December 31    June 30,

2006

   Manufacture and sell
TFT-LCD products
   CNY 992

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

   Shenzhen,
China
     100   December 31    August 28,
2007
   Sell TFT-LCD products    CNY 4

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore      100   December 31    January 12,
2009
   Sell TFT-LCD products    SGD 1.4

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

   Xiamen,

China

     51   December 31    January 5,

2010

   Manufacture LCD module
and TV sets
   CNY 82

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

   Fujian,

China

     51   December 31    January 5,

2010

   Manufacture LCD module
and monitor sets
   CNY 116

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

   Yantai,

China

     100   December 31    April 19,

2010

   Manufacture and sell
TFT-LCD products
   CNY 525

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

   Kunshan,

China

     51   December 31    December 15,

2010

   Manufacture notebook
borderless hinge-up
   CNY 99

 

52


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, Continued

 

(In millions)                               

Subsidiaries

  

Location

  

Percentage of
ownership

   

Fiscal year

end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

  

Capital

stocks

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

   McAllen,
U.S.A.
     100   December 31    October 26,

2011

   Manufacture and sell
TFT-LCD products
   USD 11

LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V.

   Reynosa,
Mexico
     100   December 31    November 4,

2011

   Manufacture TFT-
LCD products
   MXN 112

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

   Gumi,

South
Korea

     100   December 31    March 21,

2012

   Janitorial services    KRW 800

LG Display China Co., Ltd. (*4)

   Guangzhou,
China
     70   December 31    December 10,

2012

   Manufacture and sell
TFT-LCD products
   CNY 3,305

 

(*1) In June and December 2013, the Controlling Company invested ₩128,708 million in cash in aggregate for the capital increase of LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”). There were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDUS as a result of these additional investments.
(*2) Toshiba Corporation (“Toshiba”) acquired 20% of LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o. (“LGDWR”) in December 2007 through a stock purchase agreement. With the acquisition of the 20% interest, Toshiba and the Controlling Company and LGDWR entered into a derivative contract with LGDWR’s equity shares as its underlying assets. According to the contract, the Controlling Company or LGDWR has a call option to buy Toshiba’s 20% interest in LGDWR and Toshiba has a put option to sell its 20% interest in LGDWR to the Controlling Company or LGDWR under the same terms: the exercise price of the call is equal to the price of the put option which is the total amount of Toshiba’s investment at cost. The call and put options are exercisable after five years from the date of acquisition and on each anniversary thereafter with no stated expiration date in whole or in part. Toshiba’s investment in LGDWR is regarded as financing due to the options and recorded as other accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”). Accordingly, LGDWR is consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements.
(*3) Skyworth TV Holdings Limited (“Skyworth”) acquired a 16% equity interest in LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”) in June 2008. With the acquisition of the 16% interest in June 2008 (which was reduced to 10% at December 31, 2009 with the additional investment in LGDGZ by the Controlling Company), Skyworth and the Controlling Company entered into a derivative contract with LGDGZ’s equity interest as its underlying assets. According to the contract, the Controlling Company had a call option to buy Skyworth’s interest in LGDGZ and Skyworth had a put option to sell its interest in LGDGZ to the Controlling Company under the same terms: the exercise price of the call option was equal to the exercise price of the put option which was the total amount of Skyworth’s investment at cost. In October 2013, Skyworth exercised its put option in whole at ₩16,889 million and LGDGZ became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Controlling Company. Skyworth’s investment in LGDGZ had been regarded as financing due to the options and recorded as other accounts payable in the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group and, accordingly, LGDGZ had been consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements prior to the exercise of the options.

 

53


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (b) Consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, Continued

 

(*4) In March, September and October 2013, the Controlling Company contributed ₩337,329 million in aggregate in cash for the capital increase of LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. (“LGDCA”) and as of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in LGDCA is 64%. Meanwhile, LGDGZ, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Controlling Company, owns 6% of LGDCA.

In April and June 2013, the Controlling Company invested an aggregate of ₩6,730 million in cash to participate in the disproportionate capital increase of L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited and acquired the remaining interests from non-controlling shareholder. In November 2013, L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited completed liquidation. In July 2013, I&M, which was a subsidiary of the Controlling Company, completed liquidation.

Dividends received from consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to zero and ₩55,114 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Summary of financial information of subsidiaries at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013     2013  

Subsidiaries

          Total assets      Total
liabilities
     Total
shareholders’
equity
(deficit)
    Sales      Net
income
(loss)
 

LG Display America, Inc.

             1,272,929         1,272,334         595        8,030,701         8,710   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

        151,181         133,310         17,871        2,004,733         1,374   

LG Display Germany GmbH

        388,814         359,765         29,049        3,612,780         3,019   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

        452,776         408,623         44,153        2,085,437         6,605   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

        639,429         55,164         584,265        449,192         32,819   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

        831,345         798,556         32,789        2,799,815         3,790   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

        246,709         63,895         182,814        85,602         2,855   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

        1,936,297         1,066,976         869,321        2,307,006         225,690   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

        359,703         346,335         13,368        2,262,882         1,593   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

        276,481         264,601         11,880        1,412,794         5,269   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

        23,375         40,850         (17,475     —           (12,163

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

        307,933         263,776         44,157        1,196,005         6,593   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

        555,966         398,520         157,446        550,482         29,762   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

        26,531         19,633         6,898        66,491         (3,134

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.(*)

        32,932         16,444         16,488        138,052         3,318   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

        1,852         997         855        6,034         257   

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

        804,561         238,666         565,895        —           (9,441
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
             8,308,814         5,748,445         2,560,369        27,008,006         306,916   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) The financial information of LG Display U.S.A. Inc. includes the financial information of LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V..

 

54


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2012     2012  

Subsidiaries

          Total
assets
     Total
liabilities
     Total
shareholders’
equity
(deficit)
    Sales      Net
income
(loss)
 

LG Display America, Inc.

             1,818,414         1,949,396         (130,982     9,236,622         (4,645

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

        207,085         186,744         20,341        1,401,933         2,247   

LG Display Germany GmbH

        615,325         590,165         25,160        4,387,621         5,154   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

        319,808         280,343         39,465        2,687,636         3,113   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

        621,923         76,907         545,016        559,706         43,962   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

        990,912         962,109         28,803        3,694,307         7,739   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

        247,017         69,111         177,906        89,911         872   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

        2,193,321         1,567,033         626,288        2,751,526         159,042   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

        354,416         342,778         11,638        2,570,699         1,449   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

        526,439         519,087         7,352        1,305,073         2,916   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

        37,423         42,888         (5,465     9,211         5,198   

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

        255,465         218,245         37,220        1,001,003         10,033   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

        668,923         542,201         126,722        458,250         32,084   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

        342         6,318         (5,976     2,810         (6,428

Image&Materials, Inc.

        3,765         9,092         (5,327     66         (11,287

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

        46,229         36,417         9,812        109,358         (2,268

LG Display U.S.A., Inc. (*)

        50,503         36,907         13,596        135,470         1,294   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

        1,135         537         598        2,720         (202

LG Display China Co., Ltd.

        93,684         50,590         43,094        —           (204
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
             9,052,129         7,486,868         1,565,261        30,403,922         250,069   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) The financial information of LG Display U.S.A. Inc. includes the financial information of LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V..

 

55


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

  (d) Associates and Jointly Controlled Entities (Equity Method Investees) as of December 31, 2013

 

(In millions of won)                                       

Associates and jointly

controlled entities

  

Location

  

Percentage
of ownership

   

Fiscal year
end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

  

Carrying
amount

 
         

2013

   

2012

                      

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. (*1)

   Suzhou,
China
     51     51   December 31    October

2008

   Manufacture and sell
LCD modules and LCD
TV sets
   134,508   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited (*2)

   Guangzhou,
China
     —          50   December 31    July

2008

   R&D on design of LCD
modules and LCD TV
sets
     —     

Global OLED Technology LLC

   Herndon,
U.S.A
     33     33   December 31    December

2009

   Managing and licensing
OLED patents
     31,162   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

   Paju,

South Korea

     40     40   December 31    January

2005

   Manufacture electric
glass for FPDs
     79,417   

TLI Inc. (*3, 4)

   Seongnam,

South Korea

     10     12   December 31    October

1998

   Manufacture and sell
semiconduct-or parts
     5,596   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*3)

   Daegu,

South Korea

     16     16   December 31    January

2001

   Manufacture and sell
equipment for FPDs
     8,892   

New Optics Ltd. (*5)

   Yangju,

South Korea

     46     42   December 31    August

2005

   Manufacture back light
parts for TFT-LCDs
     34,095   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd. (*3)

   Seongnam,

South Korea

     13     13   December 31    January

2001

   Develop and
manufacture

equipment for FPDs

     1,523   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. (*6)

   Ansan,

South Korea

     21     30   December 31    June

2008

   Manufacture LED back
light unit packages
     27,273   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16 (*7)

   Seoul,

South Korea

     31     31   December 31    December

2009

   Invest in small and
middle sized
companies and
benefit from M&A
opportunities
     19,483   

Can Yang Investments Limited (*3)

   Hong Kong      9     9   December 31    January

2010

   Develop, manufacture
and sell LED parts
     11,754   

 

56


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(In millions of won)                                       

Associates and jointly

controlled entities

  

Location

  

Percentage
of ownership

   

Fiscal year
end

  

Date of
incorporation

  

Business

  

Carrying
amount

 
         

2013

   

2012

                      

YAS Co., Ltd. (*3)

   Paju,

South
Korea

     19     19   December 31    April

2002

   Develop and manufacture
deposition equipment for
OLEDs
   9,826   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

   Suzhou,
China
     20     20   December 31    August

2010

   Manufacture LED
Packages
     1,830   

Narenanotech Corporation

   Yongin,

South
Korea

     23     23   December 31    December
1995
   Manufacture and sell
FPD manufacturing
equipment
     25,497   

AVATEC Co., Ltd. (*3, 8)

   Daegu,

South
Korea

     16     17   December 31    August

2000

   Process and sell glass for
FPDs
     15,680   

Glonix Co., Ltd. (*9)

   Gimhae,

South
Korea

     20     20   December 31    October

2006

   Manufacture and sell
LCD
     —     

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd. (*10)

   Suwon,

South
Korea

     —          40   December 31    April

2009

   Develop, manufacture
and sell equipment for
manufacturing solar
battery and FPDs
     —     
                  

 

 

 
                   406,536   
                  

 

 

 

 

(*1) In September 2013, the Controlling Company invested ₩11,918 million in cash for the capital increase of Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd (“Raken”). There was no change in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in Raken as a result of this additional investment. Despite its 51% ownership, management concluded that the Controlling Company does not have control of Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. because the Controlling Company and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., which has a 49% equity interest of the investee, jointly control the board of directors of the investee through equal voting powers. Accordingly, investment in Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. was accounted for as an equity method investment.
(*2) In November 2013, the Controlling Company collected ₩3,540 million from the investment in Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Ltd. which was liquidated and recognized ₩671 million for the difference between the collected amount and the carrying amount as finance cost. As of December 31, 2013, Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Ltd. concluded the procedures of liquidation and on January 2, 2014, the registration of liquidation was completed.

 

57


Table of Contents
1. Reporting Entity, Continued

 

(*3) Although the Controlling Company’s share interests in TLI Inc., AVACO Co., Ltd., LIG ADP Co., Ltd., Can Yang Investments Limited, YAS Co., Ltd., and AVATEC Co., Ltd. are below 20%, the Controlling Company is able to exercise significant influence through its right to appoint a director to the board of directors of each investee and the transaction between the Controlling Company and the investees is significant. Accordingly, the investments in these investees have been accounted for using the equity method.
(*4) In 2013, the Controlling Company’s ownership in TLI Inc. was reduced from 12% to 10% due to the shares issued in relation to the exercise of warrants.
(*5) In 2013, as the Controlling Company did not participate in New Optics Ltd.’s reduction in capital stock through a distribution of cash, the Controlling Company’s ownership in New Optics Ltd. increased from 42% to 46%.
(*6) In 2013, as the Controlling Company did not participate in the capital increase of WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. when WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. initially lists its shares in the Korea Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“KOSDAQ”), the Controlling Company’s ownership in WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. was reduced from 30% to 21%.
(*7) The Controlling Company is a member of limited partnership in the LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (“the Fund”). In March and May 2013, the Controlling Company received ₩1,116 million and ₩260 million, respectively, from the Fund as a capital distribution and made additional cash investment of ₩6,826 million in the Fund in June, September and December 2013 in aggregate. There were no changes in the Controlling Company’s ownership percentage in the Fund and the Controlling Company is committed to making future investments of up to an aggregate of ₩30,000 million.
(*8) In 2013, the Controlling Company’s ownership in AVATEC Co., Ltd. was reduced from 17% to 16% due to the shares issued in relation to the exercise of stock options.
(*9) The Controlling Company’s share of net assets of Glonix Co., Ltd. (“Glonix”) was reduced below zero and, accordingly, the Controlling Company discontinued the recognition of its share of losses of the Glonix. In 2013, the Controlling Company’s unrecognized share of losses of the Glonix amounts to ₩112 million. (An aggregate amount: ₩112 million)
(*10) In 2013, the Controlling Company received ₩107 million in cash from the investment of Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd. and recognized ₩38 million for the difference between the amount received and the carrying amount as finance income.

 

58


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements

 

  (a) Statement of Compliance

In accordance with the Act on External Audits of Stock Companies, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on January 23, 2014, which will be submitted for approval to the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 7, 2014.

 

  (b) Basis of Measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the consolidated statements of financial position:

 

    available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, and

 

    liabilities for defined benefit plans are recognized as the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets

 

  (c) Functional and Presentation Currency

The consolidated financial statements are presented in Korean won, which is the Controlling Company’s functional currency. All amounts in Korean won are in millions unless otherwise stated.

 

  (d) Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with K-IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

    Classification of financial instruments (note 3.(d))

 

    Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment (note 3.(e))

 

59


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 12 months is included in the following notes:

 

    Recognition and measurement of provisions (note 3.(j), 18 and 20)

 

    Net realizable value of inventories (note 8)

 

    Measurement of defined benefit obligations (note 17)

 

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities (note 29)

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies

Except for the changes below, the Group has consistently applied the accounting policies set out in Note 3 to all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

New and amended accounting standards adopted for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows.

 

    K-IFRS No. 1110, Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    K-IFRS No. 1111, Joint Arrangements

 

    K-IFRS No. 1112, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities

 

    K-IFRS No. 1113, Fair Value Measurement

 

    K-IFRS No. 1019, Employee Benefits, and

 

    Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”)

The nature and effects of the changes are explained below.

(i) Subsidiaries

In accordance with K-IFRS No. 1110, Consolidated Financial Statements, the Group has changed its accounting policy for determining whether it has control over investees. K-IFRS No. 1110 introduces a new control model that focuses on whether the Group has power over an investee, exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and ability to use its power to affect those returns. The Group retrospectively applied the standard to the comparative consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and there is no significant impact of applying this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

(ii) Joint Arrangements

The standard classifies joint arrangements into two types: joint operations and joint ventures. A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (i.e. joint operators) have rights to the assets and obligations for the liabilities relating to the arrangement. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement (i.e. joint venturers) have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. The standard requires a joint operator to recognize and measure the assets and liabilities (and recognize the related revenues and expenses) in relation to its interest in the arrangement in accordance with relevant K-IFRSs applicable to the particular assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The standard requires a joint venturer to recognize an investment and to account for that investment using the equity method. The Group retrospectively applied the standard to the comparative consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and there is no impact of applying this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies, Continued

 

(iii) Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities

The standard brings together into a single standard all the disclosure requirements about an entity’s interests in subsidiaries, joint arrangements, associates and unconsolidated structured entities. The standard requires an entity to disclose information that enables users of financial statements to evaluate the nature of and risks associated with its interests in other entities and the effects of those interests on its financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Group retrospectively applied the standard to the comparative consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the Group provides required disclosures in note 10. There is no significant impact of applying this standard on the consolidated financial statements.

(iv) Fair Value Measurement

K-IFRS No. 1113, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a single framework for measuring fair value and making relevant disclosures when such measurements are required or permitted by other K-IFRSs. It unifies the definition of fair value as the price that would be received or paid when market participants sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction at the measurement date. As it replaces and expands the disclosure requirements about fair value measurements in other K-IFRSs, including K-IFRS No. 1107, the Group provides required disclosures in note 13.

(v) Post-employment defined benefit plans

As a result of the amendments to K-IFRS No. 1019, the Group has changed its accounting policy with respect to the basis for determining the income or expense related to its post-employment defined benefit plans. Under the amendment of K-IFRS No. 1019, the Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) now comprises: interest cost on the defined benefit obligation, interest income on plan assets, and interest on the effect on the asset ceiling. Previously, the Group determined interest income on plan assets based on their long-term rate of expected return. There is no significant impact of applying this amendment on the consolidated financial statements.

(vi) Presentation of items of OCI

As a result of the amendments to K-IFRS No. 1001, the Group has modified the presentation of items of OCI in its statement of comprehensive income into “items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss” and “items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss.” Accordingly, the comparative consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012 is restated.

 

61


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Group in preparation of its consolidated financial statements are as follows:

 

  (a) Consolidation

(i) Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed, or has right to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

(ii) Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests (“NCI”) are measured at their proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets at the acquisition date.

Changes in the Group’s interest in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

(iii) Loss of Control

If the Controlling Company loses control of subsidiaries, the Controlling Company derecognizes the assets and liabilities of the former subsidiaries from the consolidated statement of financial position and recognizes the gain or loss associated with the loss of control attributable to the former controlling interest. Meanwhile, the Controlling Company recognizes any investment retained in the former subsidiaries at its fair value when control is lost.

(iv) Associates and jointly controlled entities (equity method investees)

Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint venture is an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights to the net assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations for its liabilities.

Investments in associates and jointly controlled entities are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The carrying amount of investments in associates and jointly controlled entities is increased or decreased to recognize the Group’s share of the profits or losses and changes in the Group’s proportionate interest of the investee after the date of acquisition. Distributions received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment.

If an associate or jointly controlled entity uses accounting policies different from those of the Controlling Company for like transactions and events in similar circumstances, appropriate adjustments are made to the consolidated financial statements. As of and during the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements, no adjustments were made in applying the equity method.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted investee, the carrying amount of that interest, including any long-term investments, is reduced to nil, and the recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has an obligation or has made payments on behalf of the investee.

 

62


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

(v) Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, including income and expenses and any unrealized income and expenses and balance of trade accounts and notes receivable and payable arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated. Unrealized gains arising from transactions with equity-accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the extent of the Group’s interest in the investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

 

  (b) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Group at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate on the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was originally determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on available-for-sale equity instruments and a financial asset and liability designated as a cash flow hedge, which are recognized in other comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the original transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to the investing and financing activities including loans, bonds and cash and cash equivalents are recognized in finance income (expense) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to activities other than investing and financing activities are recognized in other non-operating income (expense) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Relevant foreign currency differences are presented in gross amounts in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

If the presentation currency of the Group is different from a foreign operation’s functional currency, the financial position and financial performance of the foreign operation are translated into the presentation currency using the following methods. The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, whose functional currency is not the currency of a hyperinflationary economy, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated to the Group’s functional currency at exchange rates at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to the Group’s functional currency at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income. However, if the operation is a non-wholly-owned subsidiary, then the relevant proportionate share of the translation difference is allocated to the non-controlling interests. When a foreign operation is disposed of in its entirety or partially such that control, significant influence or joint control is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve related to that foreign operation is reclassified to profit or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal. If the Group disposes part of its interest in a subsidiary but retains control, then the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reattributed to NCI. When the Group disposes of only part of an associate or joint venture while retaining significant influence or joint control, the relevant proportion of the cumulative amount is reclassified to profit or loss.

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition of that foreign operation is treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation. Thus, they are expressed in the functional currency of the foreign operation and translated at the at each reporting date’s exchange rate.

 

63


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (c) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated selling expenses. In the case of manufactured inventories and work-in-process, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on the actual capacity of production facilities. However, the normal capacity is used for the allocation of fixed production overheads if the actual level of production is lower than the normal capacity.

 

  (d) Financial Instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Group initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date they are originated. All other non-derivative financial assets, including financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, are recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows of the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability. If a transfer does not result in derecognition because the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the Group continues to recognize the transferred asset and recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. In subsequent periods, the Group recognizes any income on the transferred assets and any expense incurred on the financial liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the consolidated statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Group has the following non-derivative financial assets: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables and available-for-sale financial assets.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the Group designates the entire hybrid (combined) contract as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss unless: the embedded derivative(s) does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or it is clear with little or no analysis when a similar hybrid (combined) instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative(s) is prohibited. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

 

64


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash.

Deposits in banks

Deposits in banks are those with maturity of more than three months and less than one year and are held for cash management purposes.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. When loans and receivables are recognized initially, the Group measures them at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade accounts and notes receivable and other accounts receivable.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity financial assets or loans and receivables. The Group’s investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale equity instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment in available-for-sale financial assets is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and whose derivatives are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost.

 

65


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Group classifies financial liabilities into two categories, financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and other financial liabilities, in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of financial liabilities, and recognizes them in the consolidated statement of financial position when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading or designated as such upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss. After initial recognition, financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Upon initial recognition, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Non-derivative financial liabilities other than financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss are classified as other financial liabilities and measured initially at fair value minus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2012, non-derivative financial liabilities comprise borrowings, bonds and others.

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

(iii) Share Capital

The Group only owns common stocks and they are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of common stocks are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. Capital contributed in excess of par value upon issuance of common stocks is classified as share premium within equity.

 

66


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss except in the case where the derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedge is determined to be an effective hedge.

If necessary, the Group designates derivatives as hedging items to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (a fair value hedge) and foreign currency risk of highly probable forecasted transactions or firm commitments (a cash flow hedge).

On initial designation of the hedge, management formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. Management makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains there until the forecasted transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

 

67


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting, Continued

 

Embedded derivative

Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

  (e) Property, Plant and Equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes an expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other non-operating income or other non-operating expenses.

(ii) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure on an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized as part of its cost only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Group. The residual value of property, plant and equipment is zero. Land is not depreciated.

Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 

     Useful lives (years)

Buildings and structures

   20, 40

Machinery

   4, 5

Furniture and fixtures

   3~5

Equipment, tools and vehicles

   3~5, 12

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate and any changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for all periods presented.

 

68


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (f) Borrowing Costs

The Group capitalizes borrowing costs, which includes interests and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. To the extent that the Group borrows funds specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Group determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings. The Group immediately recognizes other borrowing costs as an expense.

 

  (g) Government Grants

In case there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to a government grant, the government grant is recognized as follows:

(i) Grants related to the purchase or construction of assets

A government grant related to the purchase or construction of assets is deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense and cash related to grant received is presented in investing activities in the statement of cash flows.

(ii) Grants for compensating the Group’s expenses incurred

A government grant that compensates the Group for expenses incurred is recognized in profit or loss as a deduction from relevant expenses on a systematic basis in the periods in which the expenses are recognized.

(iii) Other government grants

A government grant that becomes receivable for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or no future related costs is recognized as income of the period in which it becomes receivable.

 

  (h) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business combinations is recognized as the excess of the acquisition cost of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any deficit is a bargain purchase that is recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

69


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(ii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design of the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if the Group can demonstrate all of the following:

 

    the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale,

 

    its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it,

 

    its ability to use or sell the intangible asset,

 

    how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Group can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset,

 

    the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

    its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include intellectual property rights, software, customer relationships, technology, memberships and others.

(iv) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

70


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(v) Amortization

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The residual value of intangible assets is zero. However, as there are no foreseeable limits to the periods over which condominium and golf club memberships are expected to be available for use, these intangible assets are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and not amortized.

 

    Estimated useful lives (years)

Intellectual property rights

  5, 10

Rights to use electricity, water and gas supply facilities

  10

Software

  4

Customer relationships

  7

Technology

  10

Development costs

  (*)

Condominium and golf club memberships

  Not amortized

 

(*) Capitalized development costs are amortized over the useful life considering the life cycle of the developed products. Amortization of capitalized development costs is recognized in research and development expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Amortization periods and the amortization methods for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end. The useful lives of intangible assets that are not being amortized are reviewed each period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful life assessments for those assets. If appropriate, the changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates.

 

  (i) Impairment

(i) Financial assets

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency in interest or principal payments by an issuer or a debtor, for economic reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the Group would not otherwise consider, or the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer and a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost.

 

71


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(i) Financial assets, Continued

 

Management considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Loans and receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables.

The amount of the impairment loss on financial assets including equity securities carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses are not reversed.

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income the amount of the cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss.

In a subsequent period, for the financial assets recorded at fair value, if the fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. The amount of the reversal in financial assets carried at amortized cost and a debt instrument classified as available for sale is recognized in profit or loss. However, impairment loss recognized for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale is reversed through other comprehensive income.

 

72


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than assets arising from employee benefits, inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is determined as the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available to reflect the amount that the Group could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of accumulated depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

73


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (j) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The risks and uncertainties that inevitably surround events and circumstances are taken into account in reaching the best estimate of a provision. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined at the present value of the expected future cash flows. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

The Group recognizes a liability for warranty obligations based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred under its basic limited warranty. This warranty covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. These liabilities are accrued when product revenues are recognized. Factors that affect the Group’s warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims on those repairs and cost per claim to satisfy the Group’s warranty obligation. Warranty costs primarily include raw materials and labor costs. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, management periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Accrued warranty obligations are included in the current and non-current provisions.

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

 

  (k) Employee Benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in profit or loss on an undiscounted basis. The expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans and others are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to make payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefits

The Group’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods.

 

74


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (k) Employee Benefits, Continued

 

(iii) Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

(iv) Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than defined contribution plans. The Group’s net obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted.

The calculation is performed annually by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The Group recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in retained earnings immediately.

The Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) now comprises: interest cost on the defined benefit obligation, interest income on plan assets, and interest on the effect on the asset ceiling.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognizes gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

 

  (l) Revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of estimated returns, earned trade discounts, volume rebates and other cash incentives paid to customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue when the sales are recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

75


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (m) Operating Segments

An operating segment is a component of the Group that: 1) engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with other components of the group, 2) whose operating results are reviewed regularly by the Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) in order to allocate resources and assess its performance, and 3) for which discrete financial information is available. Management has determined that the CODM of the Group is the Board of Directors. The CODM does not receive and therefore does not review discrete financial information for any component of the Group. Consequently, no operating segment information is included in these consolidated financial statements. Entity wide disclosures of geographic and product revenue information are provided in note 23 to these consolidated financial statements.

 

  (n) Finance Income and Finance Costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Group’s right to receive payment is established.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

 

  (o) Income Tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The taxable profit is different from the accounting profit for the period since the taxable profit is calculated excluding the temporary differences, which will be taxable or deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss) of future periods, and non-taxable or non-deductible items from the accounting profit.

 

76


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (o) Income Tax, Continued

 

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. However, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The Group recognizes a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates, and interests in joint ventures, except to the extent that the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

The Group offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

 

  (p) Earnings Per Share

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its common stock. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Controlling Company by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of common stock outstanding, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential common stock, which comprise convertible bonds.

 

  (q) New Standards and Amendments Not Yet Adopted

Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation

The amendment improves application guidance of K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation, to clarify criterion of offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. The amendment will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and has not been adopted early in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

Management believes that the adoption of the amendment is expected to have no significant impact on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Group.

 

77


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

 

  (a) Current Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

  (b) Trade Receivables and Other Receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts of short-term receivables approximate fair value.

 

  (c) Investments in Equity and Debt Securities

The fair value of marketable available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted closing bid price at the reporting date. The fair value of non-marketable securities is determined using valuation methods.

 

  (d) Non-derivative Financial Liabilities

The fair value of financial liabilities at FVTPL is determined by reference to their quoted closing price at the reporting date. Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, except for the liabilities at FVTPL, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

 

5. Risk Management

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management

The Group is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks. The Group identifies and analyzes such risks, and controls are implemented under a risk management system to monitor and manage these risks at below a threshold level.

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk of trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management considers the demographics of the Group’s customer base, including the default risk of the country in which customers operate, do not have a significant influence on credit risk since the majority of the customers are global electronic appliance manufacturers operating in global markets.

 

78


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

The Group establishes credit limits for each customer and each new customer is analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively before determining whether to utilize third party guarantees, insurance or factoring as appropriate.

The Group does not establish allowances for receivables under insurance and receivables from customers with a high credit rating. For the rest of the receivables, the Group establishes an allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables that have been individually or collectively evaluated for impairment and estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets.

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The Group has historically been able to satisfy its cash requirements from cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing. To the extent that the Group does not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its capital requirements, the Group may rely on other financing activities, such as external long-term borrowings and offerings of debt securities, equity-linked and other debt securities. In addition, the Group maintains a line of credit with various banks.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

 

79


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management, Continued

 

(iv) Currency risk

The Group is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Group, Korean won (KRW). The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are USD, EUR and JPY.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Group, primarily KRW, USD and JPY.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Group ensures that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances. In consideration of the currency fluctuation, the Group adopts policies to adjust factoring volumes of foreign currency denominated receivables or utilizing usance as a means to settle payables for the purchase of manufacturing facilities.

(v) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises principally from the Group’s debentures and borrowings. The Group establishes and applies its policy to reduce uncertainty arising from fluctuations in the interest rate and to minimize finance cost and manages interest rate risk by monitoring of trends of fluctuations in interest rate and establishing plan for countermeasures.

 

  (b) Capital Management

Management’s policy is to maintain a capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Liabilities to equity ratio, net borrowings to equity ratio and other financial ratios are used by management to achieve an optimal capital structure. Management also monitors the return on capital as well as the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. Equity, defined by K-IFRS, is identical to the definition of capital, managed by management.

 

(In millions of won)                    
            December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Total liabilities

             10,917,864        14,215,331   

Total equity

        10,797,420        10,240,180   

Cash and deposits in banks (*1)

        2,323,409        2,653,753   

Borrowings (including bonds)

        3,902,779        4,455,857   

Total liabilities to equity ratio

        101     139

Net borrowings to equity ratio (*2)

        15     18

 

(*1) Cash and deposits in banks consists of cash and cash equivalents and deposit in banks.
(*2) Net borrowings to equity ratio is calculated by dividing total equity with borrowings (including bonds) less cash and deposits in banks.

 

80


Table of Contents
6. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Deposits in Banks

Cash and cash equivalents and deposits in banks at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

        

Demand deposits

             1,021,870         2,338,661   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits in banks

        

Time deposits

             1,231,539         300,092   

Restricted cash (*)

        70,000         15,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,301,539         315,092   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Restricted cash relates to mutual growth fund to aid LG Group’s second and third-tier suppliers.

 

81


Table of Contents
7. Receivables and Other Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Trade, net

             2,441,087         2,586,228   

Due from related parties

        687,539         748,113   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,128,626         3,334,341   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other accounts receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Non-trade accounts receivable, net

             79,055         189,924   

Accrued income

        10,482         9,073   

Short-term loans

        8         10   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             89,545         199,007   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due from related parties included in other accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are ₩5,005 million and ₩2,536 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Other assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Advance payments

             10,854         10,514   

Prepaid expenses

        50,234         45,058   

Value added tax refundable

        187,337         260,353   

Others

        3,557         9,341   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             251,982         325,266   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Long-term prepaid expenses

             213,682         144,023   

Others

        3,500         8,287   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             217,182         152,310   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents
8. Inventories

Inventories at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)          December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Finished goods

            733,987         1,044,125   

Work-in-process

       605,718         653,260   

Raw materials

       261,947         370,653   

Supplies

       331,589         321,969   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
            1,933,241         2,390,007   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of the inventories recognized as cost of sales and inventory write-downs included in cost of sales is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)          2013      2012  

Inventories recognized as cost of sales

            23,524,851         26,424,756   

Including: inventory write-downs

       211,363         135,720   

There were no significant reversals of inventory write-downs recognized during 2013 and 2012.

 

9. Other Financial Assets

 

  (a) Other financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Deposits

             919         3,828   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Guarantee deposits with banks

             13         16   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        16,908         16,136   

Deposits

        20,520         59,034   

Long-term other accounts receivable

        8,818         11,246   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             46,259         86,432   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Available-for-sale financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Non-current assets

        

Debt securities

        

Government bonds

             2,838         2,838   

Equity securities

        

Intellectual Discovery, Ltd.

             2,673         2,673   

Siliconworks Co., Ltd.

        11,281         10,505   

Other

        116         120   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        14,070         13,298   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             16,908         16,136   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees

 

  (a) Investments in equity accounted investees accounted for under the equity method consist of the following:

 

(in millions of won)              
            Carrying value  

Company

         

December 31, 2013

    

December 31, 2012

 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             134,508         128,751   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Limited

        —           3,596   

Global OLED Technology LLC

        31,162         36,164   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

        79,417         82,855   

TLI Inc. (*)

        5,596         6,961   

AVACO Co., Ltd. (*)

        8,892         10,964   

New Optics Ltd.

        34,095         25,064   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.(*)

        1,523         1,730   

WooRee E&L Co. Ltd (*)

        27,273         23,549   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd.

        —           69   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16

        19,483         13,680   

Can Yang Investments Limited

        11,754         13,856   

YAS Co., Ltd.

        9,826         9,409   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd.

        1,830         3,449   

Narenanotech Corporation

        25,497         26,448   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.(*)

        15,680         14,685   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

        —           928   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             406,536         402,158   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Based on quoted market prices at December 31, 2013, the fair values of the investments in TLI Inc., AVACO Co., Ltd., LIG ADP Co., Ltd., WooRee E&L Co.Ltd., and AVATEC Co., Ltd., which are listed companies on the Korea Exchange, are ₩8,051 million, ₩9,644 million, ₩13,875 million, ₩25,840 million, and ₩23,797 million, respectively.

Dividends received from equity accounted investees for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to ₩14,276 million and ₩204 million, respectively.

 

84


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

  (b) Summary of financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 of significant joint venture are as follows.

(i) Summary of financial information

 

    Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Total assets

             624,546         712,451   

Current assets

        513,044         586,067   

Non-current assets

        111,502         126,384   

Total liabilities

        360,146         457,414   

Current liabilities

        360,146         457,414   
(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Revenue

             1,789,364         1,967,587   

Profit for the year

        8,077         11,503   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

        3,024         (15,508

Total comprehensive income (loss)

        11,101         (4,005

(ii) Additional financial information

 

    Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Cash and cash equivalents

             28,165         73,510   

Current financial liabilities

        —           64,821   
(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Depreciation

             11,607         15,997   

Amortization

        619         1,305   

Interest income

        2,323         3,473   

Interest expense

        307         812   

Income tax expense

        2,070         3,785   

 

85


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

  (c) Adjustments from financial information of significant joint ventures to book value of ownership interest as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

(i) As of December 31, 2013

 

(In millions of won)                                        

Company

          Net
asset
     Ownership
interest
    Net asset
(applying
ownership
interest)
     Intra-group
transaction
    Book
value
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             264,400         51     134,844         (336     134,508   

(ii) As of December 31, 2012

 

(In millions of won)                                        

Company

          Net
asset
     Ownership
interest
    Net asset
(applying
ownership
interest)
     Intra-group
transaction
    Book
value
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             255,037         51     130,069         (1,318     128,751   

 

  (d) Book value of individually non-significant joint ventures and associates in aggregate is as follows:

(i) As of December 31, 2013

 

(In millions of won)                                 
            Book value      Net profit (loss) of joint ventures and associates
(applying ownership interest)
 
         Profit (loss)
for the year
    Other
comprehensive
loss
    Total
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Individually non-significant joint venture

             31,162         (4,388     (554     (4,942

Individually non-significant associates

        240,866         22,952        (20,773     2,179   

(ii) As of December 31, 2012

 

(In millions of won)                                 
            Book value      Net profit (loss) of joint ventures and associates
(applying ownership interest)
 
         Profit (loss)
for the year
    Other
comprehensive
loss
    Total
comprehensive
income (loss)
 

Individually non-significant joint venture

             39,760         (5,092     (3,109     (8,201

Individually non-significant associates

        233,647         44,211        (10,766     33,445   

 

86


Table of Contents
10. Investments in Equity Accounted Investees, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in investments in equity accounted investees for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                
              2013  

Company

        January 1     Acquisition/
Disposal
    Dividends
received
    Equity income
(loss) on
investments
    Other
comprehensive
income

(loss)
    Other
gain
(loss)
    December 31  

Joint venture

 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

           128,751        11,918        (12,804     5,101        1,542        —          134,508   
 

Individually non significant joint venture

      39,760        (3,656     —          (4,388     (554     —          31,162   

Associates

 

Individually non significant associates

      233,647        5,381        (1,472     22,952        (20,773     1,131        240,866   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             402,158        13,643        (14,276     23,665        (19,785     1,131        406,536   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)                
              2012  

Company

        January 1     Acquisition/
Disposal
    Dividends
received
    Equity income
(loss) on
investments
    Other
comprehensive
income

(loss)
    Other
gain
(loss)
    December 31  

Joint venture

 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

           133,000        —          —          3,660        (7,909     —          128,751   

Associates

 

Individually non

significant joint venture

      47,961        —          —          (5,092     (3,109     —          39,760   
 

Individually non

significant associates

      204,184        2,661        (204     44,211        (10,766     (6,439     233,647   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             385,145        2,661        (204     42,779        (21,784     (6,439     402,158   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

(In millions of won)

 

            Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction
-in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

             440,992        5,546,497        31,490,302        755,948        966,902        256,806        39,457,447   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2013

        —          (1,299,436     (24,228,377     (624,950     —          (197,173     (26,349,936

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2013

             —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

        440,992        4,247,061        7,261,925        130,998        966,902        59,633        13,107,511   

Additions

        —          —          —          —          2,390,259        —          2,390,259   

Depreciation

        —          (268,494     (3,244,953     (65,210     —          (19,815     (3,598,472

Impairment loss

        —          —          (839     (1     —          (13     (853

Disposals

        (3,579     (8,521     (18,873     (478     —          (406     (31,857

Others (*2)

        962        82,952        434,039        34,434        (563,453     11,066        —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

        —          (535     (7,744     (85     9,764        (25     1,375   

Subsidy received

        —          (1,744     —          —          (57,885     —          (59,629
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

             438,375        4,050,719        4,423,555        99,658        2,745,587        50,440        11,808,334   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

             438,375        5,620,915        31,533,365        785,971        2,745,587        269,320        41,393,533   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2013

             —          (1,570,196     (27,108,971     (686,312     —          (218,867     (29,584,346
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2013

             —          —          (839     (1     —          (13     (853
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2013, construction-in-progress relates to construction of manufacturing facilities.
(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

 

88


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                
          Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress

(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

           444,252        4,170,768        28,028,986        720,716        3,494,777        261,526        37,121,025   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2012

      —          (1,072,446     (20,589,295     (562,715     —          (196,131     (22,420,587
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2012

           —          —          (138     (3,222     —          (229     (3,589

Book value as of January 1, 2012

      444,252        3,098,322        7,439,553        154,779        3,494,777        65,166        14,696,849   

Additions

      —          —          —          —          2,726,336        —          2,726,336   

Depreciation

      —          (235,016     (3,873,305     (68,643     —          (19,523     (4,196,487

Disposals

      (2,787     (7,010     (42,127     (1,085     —          (3,641     (56,650

Others (*2)

      (473     1,420,649        3,762,658        47,981        (5,251,832     18,615        (2,402

Effect of movements in exchange rates

      —          (28,092     (22,684     (2,034     (2,379     (984     (56,173

Subsidy received

      —          (1,792     (2,170     —          —          —          (3,962
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

           440,992        4,247,061        7,261,925        130,998        966,902        59,633        13,107,511   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

           440,992        5,546,497        31,490,302        755,948        966,902        256,806        39,457,447   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2012

           —          (1,299,436     (24,228,377     (624,950     —          (197,173     (26,349,936
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2012

           —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) As of December 31, 2012, construction-in-progress relates to construction of plants including their machinery.

 

(*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

The capitalized borrowing costs and capitalization rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            2013     2012  

Capitalized borrowing costs

             26,144        24,612   

Capitalization rate

        4.56     3.29

 

89


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                                  
          Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
    Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

           542,952        470,074        50,233        529,349        2,222        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,077        1,666,904   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2013

      (456,756     (311,216     —          (332,873     —          (9,164     (2,958     —          (11,788     (1,124,755

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2013

           —          —          (7,928     (27,300     —          —          —          (9,319     —          (44,547
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

      86,196        158,858        42,305        169,176        2,222        14,847        8,116        14,593        1,289        497,602   

Additions-internally developed

      —          —          —          123,271        —          —          —          —          —          123,271   

Other additions

      22,996        —          1,248        —          62,709        —          —          —          3        86,956   

Amortization (*1)

      (15,214     (87,164     —          (128,350     —          (3,427     (1,107     —          (784     (236,046

Disposals

      (285     —          (1,215     (854     —          —          —          —          —          (2,354

Impairment loss

      —          (35     (1,330     —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,365

Transfer from construction-in-progress

      —          54,227        —          —          (54,227     —          —          —          —          —     

Effect of movements in exchange rates

      —          121        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          121   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

           93,693        126,007        41,008        163,243        10,704        11,420        7,009        14,593        508        468,185   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

           561,400        524,759        50,258        617,355        10,704        24,011        11,074        14,593        13,089        1,827,243   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2013

           (467,707     (398,752     —          (454,112     —          (12,591     (4,065     —          (12,581     (1,349,808
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2013

           —          —          (9,250     —          —          —          —          —          —          (9,250
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Group has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses and research and development expenses.

 

(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

90


Table of Contents
12. Intangible Assets, Continued

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                                  
          Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment
costs
(*3)
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
(*3)
    Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

           523,873        407,832        50,078        392,473        10,819        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,090        1,457,162   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2012

      (443,343     (206,434     —          (248,262     —          (5,724     (1,852     —          (10,859     (916,474

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2012

           —          (1,039     (4,535     —          —          —          —          —          —          (5,574
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

      80,530        200,359        45,543        144,211        10,819        18,287        9,222        23,912        2,231        535,114   

Additions-internally developed

      —          —          —          198,225        —          —          —          —          —          198,225   

Other additions

      19,079        —          155        —          63,219        —          —          —          —          82,453   

Amortization (*1)

      (13,413     (110,958     —          (143,079     —          (3,440     (1,106     —          (929     (272,925

Disposals

      —          (610     —          —          —          —          —          —          (94     (704

Impairment loss

      —          —          (3,393     (27,300     —          —          —          (9,319     —          (40,012

Transfer from construction-in-progress

      —          70,777        —          —          (71,816     —          —          —          —          (1,039

Effect of movements in exchange rates

      —          (710     —          (2,881     —          —          —          —          81        (3,510
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

           86,196        158,858        42,305        169,176        2,222        14,847        8,116        14,593        1,289        497,602   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

           542,952        470,074        50,233        529,349        2,222        24,011        11,074        23,912        13,077        1,666,904   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2012

           (456,756     (311,216     —          (332,873     —          (9,164     (2,958     —          (11,788     (1,124,755
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2012

           —          —          (7,928     (27,300     —          —          —          (9,319     —          (44,547
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Group has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses and research and development expenses.

 

(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

(*3) During 2012, the Group recognized full impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount (determined based on value in use) of goodwill and in-process research and development because the economic benefit from these assets are estimated to be less than previously expected.

 

91


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments

 

  (a) Credit Risk

(i) Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Cash and cash equivalents

             1,021,870         2,338,661   

Deposits in banks

        1,301,539         315,092   

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

        3,128,626         3,334,341   

Other accounts receivable, net

        89,545         199,007   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        2,838         2,838   

Other non-current financial assets

        8,831         11,262   

Deposits

        21,439         62,862   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             5,574,688         6,264,063   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date by geographic region was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Domestic

             264,703         205,454   

Euro-zone countries

        302,920         415,664   

Japan

        111,397         79,564   

United States

        1,048,005         1,392,303   

China

        784,597         881,018   

Taiwan

        438,929         166,839   

Others

        178,075         193,499   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,128,626         3,334,341   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

(ii) Impairment loss

The aging of trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
            Book
value
     Impairment
loss
    Book
value
     Impairment
loss
 

Not past due

             3,091,184         (317     3,298,888         (1,007

Past due 1-15 days

        30,005         (8     18,307         (5

Past due 16-30 days

        7,504         (1     12,152         (2

Past due 31-60 days

        82         (1     2,829         (3

Past due more than 60 days

        181         (3     3,184         (2
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,128,956         (330     3,335,360         (1,019
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            2013     2012  

Balance at the beginning of the year

             1,019        663   

(Reversal of) Bad debt expense

        (689     356   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

             330        1,019   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (b) Liquidity Risk

 

  (i) The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as of December 31, 2013.

(In millions of won)

                   Contractual cash flows  
            Carrying
amount
     Total      6 months
or less
     6-12
months
     1-2
years
     2-5
years
     More than
5 years
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

                       

Secured bank loan

             26,383         26,666         26,666         —           —           —           —     

Unsecured bank loans

        1,241,981         1,328,471         62,990         215,284         307,146         741,754         1,297   

Unsecured bond issues

        2,634,415         2,879,462         356,430         389,800         686,574         1,446,658         —     

Trade accounts and notes payables

        2,999,522         2,999,522         2,999,522         —           —           —           —     

Other accounts payable

        1,374,664         1,374,664         1,372,004         2,660         —           —           —     

Other non-current liabilities

        9,879         10,585         —           —           5,323         5,262         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             8,286,844         8,619,370         4,817,612         607,744         999,043         2,193,674         1,297   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

 

94


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (c) Currency Risk

(i) Exposure to currency risk

The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk based on notional amounts at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2013  
     USD     JPY     CNY     TWD     EUR     PLN     SGD  

Cash and cash equivalents

     710        1,961        1,108        20        20        38        —     

Deposits in banks

     —          —          —          —          20        —          —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     2,463        6,410        1,391        6        19        17        —     

Other accounts receivable

     5        —          160        —          2        —          —     

Long-term other accounts receivable

     8        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     —          —          —          3        —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     1        170        20        8        —          —          1   

Trade accounts payable

     (1,858     (30,834     (1,858     (11     (15     —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (191     (4,404     (1,528     (12     (34     (8     —     

Debt

     (715     —          (31     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

     423        (26,697     (738     14        12        47        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2012  
     USD     JPY     CNY     TWD     EUR     PLN     SGD  

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,466        7,540        536        2        61        2        —     

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     2,656        433        1,223        —          95        37        —     

Other accounts receivable

     66        95        340        —          1        —          —     

Available-for-sale financial assets

     —          —          —          3        —          —          —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     1        178        20        11        —          —          1   

Trade accounts payable

     (2,234     (31,162     (1,847     (463     (67     —          —     

Other accounts payable

     (109     (12,948     (725     (8     (38     (8     —     

Debt

     (898     —          (33     —          (5     —          —     

Bonds

     (349     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net exposure

     599        (35,864     (486     (455     47        31        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

Significant exchange rates applied during the reporting periods are as follows:

 

(In won)    Average rate      Reporting date spot rate  
     2013      2012      December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

USD

     1,094.79         1,126.88         1,055.30         1,071.10   

JPY

     11.23         14.13         10.05         12.48   

CNY

     178.06         178.59         174.09         171.88   

TWD

     36.89         38.11         35.32         36.90   

EUR

     1,453.39         1,448.63         1,456.26         1,416.26   

PLN

     346.39         346.41         351.11         348.21   

SGD

     875.08         901.71         832.75         875.48   

(ii) Sensitivity analysis

A weaker won, as indicated below, against the following currencies which comprise the Group’s assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Group considers to be reasonably possible as of the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, would remain constant. The changes in equity and profit or loss before tax would have been as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
            Equity     Profit or
loss
    Equity     Profit or
loss
 

USD (5 percent weakening)

             15,198        22,224        21,637        32,664   

JPY (5 percent weakening)

        (11,007     (7,526     (17,921     (13,935

CNY (5 percent weakening)

        (6,267     (515     (4,176     —     

TWD (5 percent weakening)

        28        (4     (838     (5

EUR (5 percent weakening)

        250        1,877        2,491        2,629   

PLN (5 percent weakening)

        669        494        537        8   

SGD (5 percent weakening)

        31        —          16        —     

A stronger won against the above currencies as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

 

97


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (d) Interest Rate Risk

(i) Profile

The interest rate profile of the Group’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Fixed rate instruments

       

Financial assets

             2,326,247        2,656,591   

Financial liabilities

        (3,156,590     (3,077,467
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
             (830,343     (420,876
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Variable rate instruments

       

Financial liabilities

             (746,189     (1,378,390
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(ii) Equity and profit or loss sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 a change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below for the respective following years. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

(In millions of won)           Equity      Profit or loss  
            1%
increase
    1%
decrease
     1%
increase
    1%
decrease
 

December 31, 2013

            

Variable rate instruments

             (5,656     5,656         (5,656     5,656   

December 31, 2012

            

Variable rate instruments

             (10,448     10,448         (10,448     10,448   

 

98


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values

(i) Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the consolidated statement of financial position, are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
            Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
     Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
 

Assets carried at fair value

              

Available-for-sale financial assets

             14,235         14,235         13,463         13,463   

Assets carried at amortized cost

              

Cash and cash equivalents

        1,021,870         1,021,870         2,338,661         2,338,661   

Deposits in banks

        1,301,539         1,301,539         315,092         315,092   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

        3,128,626         3,128,626         3,334,341         3,334,341   

Other accounts receivable

        89,545         89,545         199,007         199,007   

Other non-current financial assets

        8,831         8,831         11,262         11,262   

Deposits

        21,439         21,439         62,862         62,862   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             5,571,850         5,571,850         6,261,225         6,261,225   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

              

Secured bank loans

             26,383         26,383         53,555         53,555   

Unsecured bank loans

        1,241,981         1,266,521         1,783,698         1,823,514   

Unsecured bond issues

        2,634,415         2,689,697         2,618,604         2,677,038   

Trade accounts and notes payable

        2,999,522         2,999,522         4,147,036         4,147,036   

Other accounts payable

        1,374,664         1,374,719         2,641,958         2,641,901   

Other non-current liabilities

        9,879         9,959         30         30   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             8,286,844         8,366,801         11,244,881         11,343,074   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.

 

99


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (e) Fair Values, Continued

 

(ii) Interest rates used for determining fair value

The significant interest rates applied for determination of the above fair value at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Debentures, loans and borrowings

     2.99     3.69

(iii) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyzes financial instruments carried at fair value based on the input variables used in the valuation method to measure fair value of assets and liabilities. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

    Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

    Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

    Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

Financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                   
            Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2013

              

Assets:

              

Available-for-sale financial assets

             14,235         —           —           14,235   
(In millions of won)                                   
            Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2012

              

Assets:

              

Available-for-sale financial assets

             13,463         —           —           13,463   

 

100


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities

 

  (a) Financial liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current

        

Short-term borrowings

             21,090         35,739   

Current portion of long-term debt

        886,852         979,533   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             907,942         1,015,272   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

        

Won denominated borrowings

             503,968         807,005   

Foreign currency denominated borrowings

        495,991         589,105   

Bonds

        1,994,878         2,044,475   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             2,994,837         3,440,585   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Short-term borrowings at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and CNY)                     

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2013 (%)
          December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Bank of China and others

   1.24~6.56              21,000         35,739   

Woori Bank

   3.00         90         —     
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

           USD 15         USD 28   
           CNY 31         CNY 31   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
                21,090         35,739   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Local currency long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                         

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2013 (%)
          December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Shinhan Bank and others

   3-year Korean Treasury
Bond rate less 1.25, 2.75
             11,932        16,629   

Korea Development Bank and others

   4.51~4.96         496,632        845,072   

Less current portion of long-term debt

           (4,596     (54,696
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
                503,968        807,005   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (d) Foreign currency long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD, CNY and EUR)  

Lender

   Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2013 (%)(*)
          December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

   —                —          26,777   

Kookmin Bank and others

   3ML+0.90~2.25,

6ML+1.78

        738,710        905,080   

China Communication Bank and others

   —           —          7,956   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

           USD 700        USD 870   
           —          CNY 2   
           —          EUR 5   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
          

Less current portion of long-term debt

           (242,719     (350,708
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
                495,991        589,105   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) ML represents Month LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rates).

 

102


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Details of debentures issued and outstanding at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won and USD)                              
     Maturity    Annual interest
rate

as of December 31,
2013 (%)
          December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Won denominated bonds(*)

             

Publicly issued bonds

   April

2014~

November
2018

   2.90~5.89              2,640,000        2,250,000   

Less discount on bonds

              (5,585     (5,579

Less current portion

              (639,537     (199,946
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
                   1,994,878        2,044,475   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bonds denominated in currencies other than won

             

Floating-rate bonds

   —      —           —          374,885   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

              —          USD 350   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less discount on bonds

              —          (702

Less current portion

              —          (374,183
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
                   —          —     
           

 

 

   

 

 

 
                   1,994,878        2,044,475   
           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) Principal of the local currency debentures is to be repaid at maturity and interests are paid quarterly in arrears.

 

103


Table of Contents
15. The Nature of Expenses and Others

The classification of expenses by nature for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Changes in inventories

             456,766         (72,637

Purchases of raw materials, merchandise and others

        14,293,048         17,845,211   

Depreciation and amortization

        3,834,518         4,469,412   

Outsourcing fees

        736,744         345,362   

Labor cost

        2,618,910         2,500,320   

Supplies and others

        1,025,938         883,155   

Utility

        730,174         675,851   

Fees and commissions

        465,902         443,998   

Shipping costs

        271,570         428,762   

Advertising

        144,847         104,114   

After-sale service expenses

        116,766         106,391   

Taxes and dues

        75,983         65,068   

Travel

        59,946         52,686   

Others

        1,319,329         1,188,367   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

(*)

             26,150,441         29,036,060   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) Total expenses consist of cost of sales, selling, administrative, research and development expenses and other non-operating expenses, excluding foreign exchange differences.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, other non-operating income and other non-operating expenses contained exchange differences amounting to ₩1,068,646 million and ₩987,868 million, respectively (for the year ended December 31, 2012: ₩1,228,847 million and ₩1,095,280 million, respectively) (note 25).

The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were reclassified to conform to the classification for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

104


Table of Contents
16. Selling and Administrative Expenses

Details of selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Salaries

             232,362         224,019   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

        22,037         20,282   

Other employee benefits

        70,254         56,967   

Shipping costs

        215,017         349,691   

Fees and commissions

        197,237         190,207   

Depreciation

        96,115         112,890   

Taxes and dues

        33,998         28,444   

Advertising

        144,847         104,114   

After-sale service

        116,766         106,391   

Rent

        23,299         25,829   

Insurance

        11,887         11,197   

Travel

        22,564         20,518   

Training

        12,080         12,856   

Others

        50,680         44,028   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,249,143         1,307,433   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits

The Controlling Company and certain subsidiaries’ defined benefit plans provide a lump-sum payment to an employee based on final salary rates and length of service at the time the employee leaves the Controlling Company.

The defined benefit plans expose the Group actuarial risks, such as the risk associated with expected periods of service, interest rate risk, market (investment) risk, and others with the defined benefit plan.

 

  (a) Recognized liabilities for defined benefit obligations at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations

             807,738        672,370   

Fair value of plan assets

        (488,651     (491,730
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
             319,087        180,640   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (b) Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            2013     2012  

Opening defined benefit obligations

             672,370        486,891   

Current service cost

        149,979        130,160   

Interest cost

        26,019        22,909   

Remeasurements (before tax)

        (1,373     75,921   

Benefit payments

        (41,264     (40,913

Transfers from related parties

        2,007        (2,598
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

             807,738        672,370   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining maturity of defined benefit obligations as of December 31, 2013, and 2012 are 13.4 years and 13.8 years, respectively.

 

  (c) Changes in fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            2013     2012  

Opening fair value of plan assets

             491,730        340,253   

Interest income

        16,545        14,190   

Remeasurements (before tax)

        6        199   

Contributions by employer directly to plan assets

        15,000        160,000   

Benefit payments

        (34,630     (22,912
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

             488,651        491,730   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (d) Plan assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Guaranteed deposits in banks

             488,651         491,730   

As of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company maintains the plan assets with Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd., Shinhan Bank, etc.

The Controlling Company’s estimated contribution to the plan assets for the year ending December 31, 2014 is ₩111,829 under the assumption that the Controlling Company continues to maintain the plan assets at 70% of the amount payable if all the employees of the Controlling Company would leave the Controlling Company on December 31, 2014.

 

  (e) Expenses recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Current service cost

             149,979         130,160   

Net interest cost

        9,474         8,719   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             159,453         138,879   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses are recognized in the following line items in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

 

(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Cost of sales

             126,716         108,801   

Selling expenses

        10,478         10,087   

Administrative expenses

        11,559         10,195   

Research and development expenses

        10,700         9,796   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             159,453         138,879   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (f) Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset) included in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013     2012  

Balance at January 1

             (86,524     (28,950

Remeasurements

       

Actuarial profit or loss arising from:

       

Experience adjustment

        (33,447     (34,372

Demographic assumptions

        (3,791     (19,939

Financial assumptions

        38,611        (21,610

Return on plan assets

        6        199   

Share of associates regarding remeasurements

        (381     (177
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        998        (75,899
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

        (334     18,325   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

             (85,860     (86,524
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Expected rate of salary increase

     5.1     5.1

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

     4.4     4.0

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current mortality underlying the values of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

          December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Twenties

   Males      0.01     0.01
   Females      0.00     0.00

Thirties

   Males      0.01     0.02
   Females      0.01     0.01

Forties

   Males      0.03     0.04
   Females      0.01     0.02

Fifties

   Males      0.06     0.08
   Females      0.03     0.04

 

  (h) Reasonably possible changes to respective relevant actuarial assumptions would have affected the defined benefit obligations by the amounts as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

            Defined benefit obligation  
            1% increase     1% decrease  

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

             (93,695     113,664   

Expected rate of salary increase

        111,877        (94,103

 

108


Table of Contents
18. Provisions and Other Liabilities

Changes in provisions for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                 
            Litigations
and claims
(*1)
    Warranties
(*2)
    Others      Total  

Balance of January 1, 2013

        200,589        55,384        1,526         257,499   

Additions

        234,944        98,981        317         334,242   

Usage and reclassification

             (278,976     (107,029     —           (386,005
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

        156,557        47,336        1,843         205,736   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There of current

        156,557        42,331        1,843         200,731   

There of non-current

        —          5,005        —           5,005   

 

(*1) The Group expects that the provision for litigation and claims will be utilized in the next year.
(*2) The provision for warranties covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. The warranty liability is calculated by using historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim to satisfy the Group’s warranty obligation.

Other liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current liabilities

        

Withholdings

             26,865         22,929   

Unearned revenues

        4,732         4,732   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             31,597         27,661   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Long-term accrued expenses

             335,447         319,499   

Long-term other accounts payable

        39,559         30   

Long-term unearned revenues

        7,494         12,226   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             382,500         331,755   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents
19. Commitments

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

The Controlling Company has agreements with Korea Development Bank and several other banks for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 1,713 million (₩1,808,235 million) and JPY 5,000 million (₩50,233 million) in connection with the Controlling Company’s export sales transactions with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2013, no short-term borrowings were outstanding in connection with these agreements. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Controlling Company has sold its accounts receivable with recourse.

The Controlling Company and oversea subsidiaries entered into agreements with financial institutions for accounts receivables sales negotiating facilities. Respective maximum amount of accounts receivables sales and the amount of sold accounts receivables before maturity by contract are as follows:

 

(In millions of USD and KRW)

  

Financial institutions

   Maximum      Not yet due  
          Contractual
amount
     KRW
equivalent
     Amount      KRW
equivalent
 

Controlling Company

  

Shinhan Bank

     KRW 100,000         100,000         —           —     
  

Standard Chartered Bank

     USD 73         77,037         —           —     

Subsidiaries

              

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

  

Standard Chartered Bank

     USD 250         263,825         USD 184         193,895   
  

Citibank

     USD 100         105,530         —           —     

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

  

Taishin International Bank

     USD 1,006         1,061,632         USD 65         68,588   
  

BNP Paribas

     USD 65         68,595         —           —     
  

Chinatrust Commercial Bank

     USD 160         168,848         USD 77         81,216   
  

Citibank

     USD 222         234,277         USD 30         31,901   
  

Standard Chartered Bank

     USD 280         295,484         USD 69         73,071   
  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

     USD 100         105,530         USD 20         20,808   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

  

BNP Paribas

     USD 130         137,189         USD 76         79,820   
  

Hongkong & Shanghai Banking Corp.

     USD 200         211,060         USD 55         58,335   
  

Standard Chartered Bank

     USD 50         52,765         —           —     
  

Bank of China Ltd.

     Not applicable         USD 27         28,565   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

  

Bank of China Ltd.

     Not applicable         —           —     
  

Bank of Communications Co. Ltd.

     Not applicable         —           —     
  

Standard Chartered Bank

     Not applicable         USD 23         24,461   

 

110


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

 

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable, Continued

 

(In millions of USD and KRW)

  

Financial institutions

   Maximum      Not yet due  
          Contractual
amount
     KRW
equivalent
     Amount      KRW
equivalent
 

LG Display Germany GmbH

  

Citibank

     USD 307         323,977         USD 130         137,256   
  

Commerzbank AG, etc.

     Not applicable         USD 24         24,968   

LG Display America, Inc.

  

Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited

     USD 80         84,424         —           —     
  

Standard Chartered Bank

     USD 50         52,765         —           —     
  

Citibank

     USD 200         211,060         USD 200         210,836   
  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

     USD 180         189,954         USD 64         67,190   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

  

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

     USD 90         94,977         USD 4         4,255   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        USD 3,470         3,661,892         USD 1,048         1,105,165   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        USD 3,543         3,838,929         USD 1,048         1,105,165   
     

 

 

       

 

 

    
        KRW 100,000            —        
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with all of the contracts in the above table, the Controlling Company has sold its accounts receivable without recourse.

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company has agreements in relation to the opening of letters of credit up to USD 15 million (₩15,830 million) with Korea Exchange Bank, USD 15 million (₩15,830 million) with China Construction Bank, JPY 1,000 million (₩10,047 million) with Woori Bank, USD 100 million (₩105,330 million) with Bank of China, USD 60 million (₩63,318 million) with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, USD 30 million (₩31,659 million) with Hana Bank and USD 30 million (₩31,659 million) with Shinhan Bank.

Payment guarantees

The Controlling Company obtained payment guarantees amounting to USD 8.5 million (₩8,970 million) and EUR 215 million (₩313,096 million) from Royal Bank of Scotland and other various banks for a number of occasions including value added tax payments in Poland.

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. and other subsidiaries are provided with payment guarantees from the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ and other various banks amounting to USD 7 million (₩7,387 million), JPY 700 million (₩7,033 million), CNY 880 million (₩153,199 million), TWD 10 million (₩353 million) and PLN 0.2 million (₩70 million), respectively, for their local tax payments.

 

111


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

 

Credit facility agreements

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd. and other subsidiaries have entered into short-term credit facility agreements of up to USD 60 million (₩63,318 million) and JPY 8,000 million (₩80,373 million) in total, with Mizuho Corporate Bank and other various banks.

License agreements

As of December 31, 2013, in relation to its TFT-LCD business, the Group has technical license agreements with Hitachi Display, Ltd. and others and has a trademark license agreement with LG Corp.

Long-term supply agreement

In connection with long-term supply agreements, as of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company’s balance of advances received from a customer amount to USD 980 million (₩1,034, 194 million) in aggregate. The advances received will be offset against outstanding accounts receivable balances after a given period of time, as well as those arising from the supply of products thereafter. The Controlling Company received a payment guarantee amounting to USD 200 million (₩211,060 million) from the Industrial Bank of Korea relating to advances received.

Pledged Assets

Regarding the secured bank loan amounting to USD 25 million (₩26,383 million) from the Export-Import Bank of Korea, the Controlling Company provided part of its OLED machinery as pledged assets.

 

20. Contingencies

Anvik Corporation’s lawsuit for infringement of patent

In 2007, Anvik Corporation filed a patent infringement case against the Controlling Company, along with other LCD manufacturing companies in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY district court”), in connection with the usage of photo-masking equipment manufactured by Nikon Corporation. The court granted Nikon Corporation’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity of the patents-in-suit and entered a judgment in favor of Nikon Corporation, the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. and other TFT-LCD manufacturing companies, dismissing the case in April 2012. In April 2012, Anvik Corporation appealed the court’s decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“CAFC”). In March 2013, the CAFC has reversed the SDNY district court’s summary judgment ruling and remanded the case back to the district court for further proceedings. However, the Controlling Company and Anvik Corporation amicably settled with no payment and the charge was dropped in January 2014.

Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan’s action for patent infringement

In 2012, the United States International Trade Commission (“USITC”) granted a motion by Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan (“ITRI”) to add the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. as additional respondents in an investigation under Section 337 of the United States Tariff Act (In the Matter of Certain Devices for Improving Uniformity Used in a Backlight Module and Components Thereof and Products Containing the Same, Investigation No. 337-TA-805). ITRI is seeking an exclusion order which prohibits the importation of televisions and monitors incorporating the Controlling Company’s products into the United States for alleged patent infringement. On October 22, 2012, USITC issued a Notice of Initial Determination finding that the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. did not infringe the asserted patent of ITRI. On May 17, 2013, USITC issued a final determination finding that the patent was invalid and the Controlling Company and LG Display America, Inc. had not infringed ITRI’s patents. Meanwhile, ITRI appealed to the CFAC.

 

112


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Patent Infringement Litigations and Invalidity Proceedings Between the Controlling Company and Samsung Display Co., Ltd. and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

In September 2012, the Controlling Company filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against Samsung Display Co., Ltd. (“SSD”) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“SSE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to OLED display technology and relevant manufacturing methods and seeking monetary compensation. In December 2012, SSD filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against the Controlling Company and LG Electronics Co., Ltd. (“LGE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to LCD technology and seeking monetary compensation. Each party respectively responded by requesting for an invalidity proceeding over such LCD patents in the Korean Intellectual Property Tribunal. For the amicable settlement, the settlement proceeded under the arbitration of the Korean government and, on September 23, 2013, the Controlling Company and Samsung Display withdrew the entire patent infringement litigations and invalidity proceedings and agreed to seek patent cooperation measures through conversation.

Patent Infringement Litigations Between the Group and Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC

In December 2013, Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC filed a patent infringement case against the Controlling Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. As of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company could not reasonably estimate the outcome of the case.

Request for arbitration of Arkema France and its subsidiary regarding termination of a contract with the Controlling Company

In October 2012, Arkema France (“Arkema”) and its subsidiary filed a request for arbitration in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce regarding termination of a contract with the Controlling Company. The Controlling Company is currently defending against Arkema’s claims.

Anti-trust investigations and litigations

In December 2006, the Controlling Company received notices of investigation by the Korea Fair Trade Commission, the Japan Fair Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, and the European Commission with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the TFT-LCD industry. The Controlling Company subsequently received similar notices from the Canadian Bureau of Competition Policy, the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico, the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil and the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission.

 

113


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

In November 2008, the Controlling Company executed an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) whereby the Controlling Company and its U.S. subsidiary, LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”), pleaded guilty to a Sherman Antitrust Act violation and agreed to pay a single total fine of USD 400 million.

In December 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California accepted the terms of the plea agreement and entered a judgment against the Controlling Company and LGDUS and ordered the payment of USD 400 million. The agreement resolved all federal criminal charges against the Controlling Company and LGDUS in the United States in connection with this matter. In December 2010, the European Commission (“the EC”) issued a decision finding that the Controlling Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry in violation of European competition laws and imposed a fine of EUR 215 million. In February 2011, the Controlling Company filed with the European Union General Court an application for partial annulment and reduction of the fine imposed by the EC. To date the European Union General Court has not ruled on the Controlling Company’s application. In November 2011, the Controlling Company received an additional Request for Information from the EC relating to the alleged anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry and is responding to the request. In November 2009, the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission terminated its investigation without any finding of violations or levying of fines. Also, in February 2012, the Competition Bureau of Canada terminated its investigation against the Controlling Company without any finding of violations or levying of fines. To date no decision has been issued by the Japan Fair Trade Commission, and we believe the statutory time period by which the Commission was required to have issued a decision has already lapsed. To date investigations by the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico and the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil are ongoing.

In August 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission issued an Examination Report finding that the Controlling Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in violation of Korean fair trade laws and a hearing was held in October 2011. In December 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission imposed a fine on the Controlling Company and certain of its subsidiaries of approximately ₩31,378 million, and the Controlling Company filed an appeal of the decision with the Seoul High Court in December 2011. In February 2014, the Seoul High Court annulled the fining decision of the Korea Fair Trade Commission.

Subsequent to the commencement of the DOJ investigation, a number of class action complaints were filed against the Controlling Company and other TFT-LCD panel manufacturers in the U.S. and Canada alleging violation of respective antitrust laws and related laws. The class action lawsuits in the U.S. were transferred to the Northern District of California for pretrial proceedings (“MDL Proceedings”). In March 2010, the court certified the class action complaints filed by direct purchasers and indirect purchasers. Seventy-eight entities (including groups of affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the direct purchaser class. The time period for submitting requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class expired on April 13, 2012 and ten entities (including groups and affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class. In addition, since 2010, the attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, New York, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin filed complaints against the Controlling Company, alleging similar antitrust violations as alleged in the MDL Proceedings. In June 2011, the Controlling Company reached a settlement with the direct purchaser class, which the federal district court approved in December 2011. In July 2012, the Controlling Company reached a settlement with the indirect purchaser class and with the state attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Michigan, Missouri, New York, West Virginia, and Wisconsin, which was approved by the federal district court in April 2013. In March 2013, the Oklahoma attorney general dismissed its action as to the Controlling Company pursuant to a settlement agreement.

 

114


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Apart from the direct and indirect purchaser class actions, individual plaintiffs filed complaints in various state or federal courts in the United States alleging violation of the respective antitrust laws and related laws by various LCD panel manufacturers. To date the Controlling Company is defending against twenty one Direct Action Plaintiffs including Motorola Mobility, Inc., Electrograph Technologies Corp. and its affiliates, TracFone Wireless Inc., Costco Wholesale Corp., Office Depot, Inc., Interbond Corp. of America (BrandsMart), P.C. Richard & Son Long Island Corp., MARTA Cooperative of America, Inc., ABC Appliance (ABC Warehouse), Schultze Agency Services, LLC (Tweeter), AASI Creditor Liquidating Trust for All American Semiconductor Inc., Tech Data Corp. and its affiliate, CompuCom Systems, Inc., NECO Alliance LLC, Proview Technology, Inc. and its affiliates, Acer America Corp. and its affiliates, and the attorneys general of Illinois, Washington, Oregon, South Carolina, and Mississippi.

In Canada, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice certified the class action complaints filed by the direct and indirect purchasers in May 2011. The Controlling Company is pursuing an appeal of the decision as well as defending the on-going class actions in Quebec and British Columbia.

In Israel, the class action complaints were filed in the Central District Court in December 2013. The Controlling Company is in the preparation of the response.

While the Group continues its vigorous defense of the various pending proceedings described above, there is a possibility that one or more proceedings may result in an unfavorable outcome to the Group. For certain cases described above, management is not able to estimate the potential loss if the final outcome of the cases is unfavorable to the Group as the cases are in early stage and management does not have sufficient information to estimate the amount of possible loss. Otherwise the Group has established provisions with respect to certain of the contingencies, considering factors such as the nature of the litigation, claim, or assessment, the progress of the case and the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances and are subject to change materially based upon new information, intervening events and the final outcome of the cases.

The Decision of the Supreme Court of Korea in Ordinary Wages

In December 2013, the Supreme Court of Korea ruled that all fixed payments such as bonuses and allowances that have been uniformly provided to employees on a regular basis must now be included when calculating the employee’s ordinary wage. Accordingly, if regular bonuses are included in ordinary wages, it may impact the amount of overtime payment, allowance for night work and others. Even though the employees could retrospectively claim for the payments for the past based on ordinary wages including regular bonuses in accordance with the Supreme Court’s decision, employees’ claim for underpayment could not be accepted if the principles of good faith are applied. The Supreme Court expressly noted that if an employer is able to prove that there is an agreement of the wage system between the employer and the labor union stipulating that the regular bonuses are excluded from ordinary wage, and that paying employees for the past due to employees’ claim for the invalidity of the agreement will cause a substantial detriment to the management or major threat to the existence of the Controlling Company due to unexpected financial burden as a result of having to pay employees, employees’ retrospective claim for underpayment could not be accepted. For the Controlling Company, prior to the ruling, there was an agreement of the wage system between the employer and the labor union stipulating that the regular bonuses are excluded from ordinary wage and the management believes that paying employees for the past based on ordinary wages including regular bonuses will cause a substantial detriment to the Controlling Company due to unexpected financial burden to the Controlling Company. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the decision of the Supreme Court of Korea, the Controlling Company believes that the possibility of an outflow of economic benefit is remote.

 

115


Table of Contents
21. Capital and Reserves

 

  (a) Share capital

The Controlling Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value ₩5,000), and as of December 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the number of issued common shares is 357,815,700. There have been no changes in the capital stock from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

 

  (b) Reserves

Reserves consist mainly of the following:

Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises all foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

Fair value reserve

The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

 

116


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties

 

  (a) Related parties

Related parties for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

    

Description

Associates and joint ventures(*)

  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. and others

Subsidiaries of Associates

  

ADP System Co., Ltd. and others

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

  

LG Electronics Inc.

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

  

Subsidiaries of LG Electronics Inc.

 

 

(*) Details of associates and joint ventures are described in note 1 and 10.

Related parties other than associates and joint ventures that have transactions such as sales or balance of trade accounts and notes receivable and payable with the Controlling Company for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2013

  

December 31, 2012

   ADP System Co., Ltd.    ADP System Co., Ltd.

Subsidiaries of associates

   Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.    Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.
   AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.    AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

   LG Electronics Inc.    LG Electronics Inc.

 

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

   Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.    Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.
   Hiplaza Co., Ltd.    Hi Entech Co., Ltd.
   Hi Entech Co., Ltd.    LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.
   LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.    LG Innotek Co., Ltd.
   LG Innotek Co., Ltd.    Hanuri Co., Ltd.
   Hanuri Co., Ltd.   

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

  

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

   LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.
   LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.    LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.
   LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.    LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.
   LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.    LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.
   LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.    LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.
   LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.    LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.
   LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.   

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

   LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.    LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

 

117


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

    

December 31, 2013

  

December 31, 2012

  

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

   LG Electronics RUS, LLC
  

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

   LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.
  

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

   LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.
  

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

  

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

  

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

   LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.
  

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

   LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.
  

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

   LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.
  

LG Electronics Air-Conditioning (Shandong) Co.,Ltd.

  

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

  

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

   Hi Logistics Europe B.V.
  

LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.

   Hi Logistics (China) Co., Ltd.
  

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

  
  

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

  
  

Hi Logistics (China) Co., Ltd.

  

 

 

118


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (b) Key management personnel compensation

Compensation costs of key management for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Short-term benefits

             2,591         1,567   

Expenses related to the defined benefit plan

        1,139         173   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,730         1,740   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management refers to the registered directors who have significant control and responsibilities over the Controlling Company’s operations and business.

 

  (c) Significant transactions such as sales of goods and purchases of raw material and outsourcing service and others, which occurred in the normal course of business with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Joint Venture

                 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             493,701         —           —           166,571         2   

Associates and their subsidiaries

                 

New Optics LTD.

             —           76,929         —           2,470         6,315   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

        —           666         8,743         —           3,102   

TLI Inc.

        —           58,881         —           —           1,473   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

        —           665         45,067         —           4,762   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

        292         23         —           61,738         3,897   

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

        —           —           —           —           265   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

        —           734,714         —           —           4,713   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

        880         —           —           —           —     

Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.

        11,931         730,010         —           —           64,081   

Narenanotech Corporation

        300         328         2,061         —           412   

Glonix Co., Ltd

        —           5,209         —           —           115   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

        —           924         1,524         —           692   

YAS Co., Ltd.

        —           1,941         82,483         —           855   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             13,403         1,610,290         139,878         64,208         90,682   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2013  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

                 

LG Electronics Inc.

             1,971,781         39,237         208,531         —           38,450   

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

                 

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

             108,084         —           —           —           77   

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

        42,366         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

        69,674         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

        437,771         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

        632,009         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

        308,432         —           —           —           —     

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

        41         —           —           —           30,611   

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

        —           —           —           —           5,488   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

        6,139         448,794         —           —           5,109   

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

        —           6,442         —           —           161   

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

        —           5,937         —           —           151   

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

        —           —           29,344         —           406   

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

        32,585         —           —           —           —     

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

        59,715         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

        289,670         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

        365,054         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

        156,577         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

        34,139         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

        795,326         —           —           —           300   

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

        872,763         —           —           —           104   

Others

        132         2,229         —           —           3,703   
             4,210,477         463,402         29,344         —           46,110   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             6,689,362         2,112,929         377,753         230,779         175,244   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2012  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Joint Venture

                 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             663,297         —           —           147,880         24   

Associates and its subsidiaries

                 

New Optics LTD.

             8         164,152         —           —           6,426   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

        —           2,165         25,607         —           2,691   

TLI Inc.

        —           54,829         —           —           843   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

        204         719         88,510         —           4,993   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

        —           —           —           7,580         2,529   

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

        —           —           —           —           4,704   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

        —           1,052,850         —           —           6,667   

Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.

        7,184         1,039,740         —           —           3   

Narenanotech Corporation

        —           358         39,027         —           12,624   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

        —           525         —           —           3,149   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

        —           454         9         —           179   

YAS Co., Ltd.

        —           —           28         —           102   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             7,396         2,315,792         153,181         7,580         44,910   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

                 

LG Electronics Inc.

             1,622,289         61,233         148,665         -         22,045   

 

121


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2012  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

                 

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

             116,974         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

        36,738         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

        86,944         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

        250,656         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

        467,962         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

        371,006         —           —           —           340   

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

        41         —           —           —           24,356   

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

        —           —           —           —           11,941   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

        10,205         408,657         —           —           4,462   

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

        —           23,024         —           —           —     

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

        44,043         3,952         —           —           —     

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

        4,536         —           —           —           —     

Inspur LG Digital Mobile

Communications Co., Ltd.

        14,036         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

        264,672         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

        476,056         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

        177,477         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd.

        45,899         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

        1,345,205         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

        889,672         —           —           —           13   

Others

        —           3,041         —           —           2,711   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             4,602,122         438,674         —           —           43,823   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             6,895,104         2,815,699         301,846         155,460         110,802   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the amendment of K-IFRS No. 1110, related parties’ consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 are restated. Accordingly, relevant related parties’ transaction amounts and accounts balances for the year ended December 31, 2012 are revised.

 

122


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (d) Trade accounts and notes receivable and payable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)            
          Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
    Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
          December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Joint Venture

         

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

      66,855        92,870        104,119        168,620   

Associates

         

New Optics LTD.

           —          —          8,998        26,807   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

      —          —          1,649        29,714   

TLI Inc.

      —          —          10,418        4,036   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

      —          —          15,390        83,756   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

      —          —          10,041        5,523   

AVATEC Electronics Yantai Co., Ltd.

      —          —          1,122        484   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

      —          —          108,379        168,845   

Shinbo Electric Co., Ltd.

      4,562        521        165,823        246,289   

Narenanotech Corporation

      —          —          1,766        43,022   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

      —          —          1,987        503   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

      —          —          1,410        585   

YAS Co., Ltd.

      —          —          17,156        863   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           4,562        521        344,139        610,427   

Entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

         

LG Electronics Inc.

           278,165        190,663        74,085        63,645   

 

123


Table of Contents
22. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)            
          Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
    Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
          December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Controlling Company

         

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

           7,414        4,181        —          —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

      8,827        9,413        —          —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

      10,141        13,342        —          —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

      91,018        77,503        —          —     

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

      3        563        84,727        111,851   

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

      24,671        530        —          —     

Inspur LG Digital Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.

      15,824        2,156        —          —     

LG Electronics Mexicali, S.A. DE C.V.

      1,649        38,434        —          —     

LG Electronics Mlawa Sp. z o.o.

      55,908        98,452        —          —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

      79,978        71,679        216        —     

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

      25,578        53,653        —          —     

LG Electronics Taiwan Taipei Co., Ltd

      3,334        7,287        —          —     

LG Electronics Reynosa, S.A. DE C.V.

      5,027        56,493        —          25   

LG Electronics Wroclaw Sp. z o.o.

      11,736        29,695        —          —     

Others

      1,854        3,214        7,584        12,463   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           342,962        466,595        92,527        124,339   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
           692,544        750,649        614,870        967,031   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a result of the amendment of K-IFRS No. 1110, related parties’ consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 are restated. Accordingly, relevant related parties’ transaction amounts and accounts balances for the year ended December 31, 2012 are revised.

 

124


Table of Contents
23. Geographic and Other Information

The Group manufactures and sells TFT-LCD and Active Matrix (“AM”)-OLED products. Sales of AM-OLED products are insignificant to total sales. International sales represent approximately 90% of total sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012: 93%).

The following is a summary of sales by region based on the location of the customers for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

  (a) Revenue by geography

 

(In millions of won)              

Region

          2013      2012  

Domestic

             2,691,826         2,149,646   

Foreign

        

China

        15,229,822         16,766,696   

Asia (excluding China)

        3,039,652         2,900,738   

United States

        2,446,128         3,209,225   

Europe

        3,625,607         4,403,363   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             24,341,209         27,280,022   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             27,033,035         29,429,668   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales to Company A and Company B constituted 26% and 23% of total revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012: 23% and 22%). The Group’s top ten end-brand customers together accounted for 76% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 (2012: 71%).

 

  (b) Non-current assets by geography

 

(In millions of won)              

Region

          December 31, 2013  
          Property, plant and
equipment
     Intangible assets  

Domestic

             10,293,502         461,635   

Foreign

        

China

        1,367,276         5,440   

Others

        147,556         1,110   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sub total

             1,514,832         6,550   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

             11,808,334         468,185   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
(In millions of won)              

Region

          December 31, 2012  
          Property, plant and
equipment
     Intangible assets  

Domestic

             12,002,578         488,678   

Foreign

        

China

        939,929         7,499   

Others

        165,004         1,425   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sub total

             1,104,933         8,924   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

             13,107,511         497,602   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents
23. Geographic and Other Information, Continued

 

  (c) Revenue by product and services

 

(In millions of won)                     

Product

          2013      2012  

Panels for:

        

TFT-LCD televisions

        11,779,116         13,511,535   

Desktop monitors

        5,255,564         5,039,066   

Tablet products

        3,574,812         3,713,950   

Notebook computers

             2,818,572         3,667,192   

Mobile and others

        3,604,971         3,497,925   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             27,033,035         29,429,668   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. Revenue

Details of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Sales of goods

             26,982,085         29,302,389   

Royalties

        19,405         37,783   

Others

        31,545         89,496   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             27,033,035         29,429,668   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents
25. Other Non-operating Income and Other Non-operating Expenses

 

  (a) Details of other non-operating income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            2013      2012  

Rental income

             10,373         7,253   

Foreign currency gain

        1,068,646         1,228,847   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        9,620         5,925   

Reversal of impairment loss on intangible assets

        296         —     

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts for other receivables

        412         521   

Commission earned

        3,589         3,867   

Others

        15,818         14,529   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,108,754         1,260,942   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Details of other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            2013      2012  

Other bad debt expense

             —           9   

Foreign currency loss

        987,868         1,095,280   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        1,639         3,728   

Impairment loss on property, plant, and equipment

        853         —     

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

        452         704   

Impairment loss on intangible assets

        1,661         40,012   

Donations

        16,514         15,350   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

        259,601         458,957   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,268,588         1,614,040   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

26. Personnel Expenses

Details of personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            2013      2012  

Salaries and wages

             2,084,579         2,006,603   

Other employee benefits

        410,253         397,122   

Contributions to National Pension plan

        61,788         59,332   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

        159,453         138,879   

Reversal of stock compensation cost

        —           (3
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             2,716,073         2,601,933   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents
27. Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

  (a) Finance income and costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Finance income

        

Interest income

             39,441         28,859   

Dividend income

        306         482   

Foreign currency gain

        141,975         260,265   

Gain on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

        3,289         3,566   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             185,011         293,172   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

        

Interest expense

             158,818         187,589   

Foreign currency loss

        198,980         193,483   

Loss on redemption of debentures

        —           1,524   

Loss on impairment of available-for-sale securities

        —           6,392   

Loss on disposal of available-for-sale securities

        —           5,272   

Loss on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees

        2,411         —     

Loss on impairment of investments in equity accounted investees

        —           10,005   

Loss on early redemption of debt

        2,179         —     

Loss on sale of trade accounts and notes receivable

        19,463         32,431   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             381,851         436,696   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Finance income and costs recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            2013     2012  

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

             (22,100     (86,320

Net change in unrealized fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

        826        4,764   

Tax effect

        (225     (1,043
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs recognized in other comprehensive income after tax

             (21,499     (82,599
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes

 

  (a) Details of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Current tax expense

             

Current year

        122,150         75,946   

Adjustment for prior years

        31,809         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        153,959         75,946   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

        42,004         (51,335

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

        215,369         197,569   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        257,373         146,234   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

             411,332         222,180   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013  
            Before tax     Tax (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities

             826        (188     638   

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset)

        998        (334     664   

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

        (22,100     (37     (22,137

Share of loss from sale of treasury stock by associates

        (802     —          (802
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             (21,078     (559     (21,637
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(In millions of won)           2012  
            Before tax     Tax (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities

             4,764        (974     3,790   

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset)

        (75,899     18,325        (57,574

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign operations

        (86,320     (69     (86,389

Share of loss from sale of treasury stock by associates

        (48     —          (48
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             (157,503     17,282        (140,221
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes, Continued

 

  (c) Reconciliation of the actual effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013     2012  

Profit for the year

               418,973          236,345   

Income tax expense

          411,332          222,180   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

          830,305          458,525   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax using the Controlling Company’s statutory tax rate

        24.20     200,934        24.20     110,963   

Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions

        0.83     6,858        3.53     16,171   

Non-deductible expenses

        1.87     15,517        5.43     24,882   

Tax credits

        (6.05 %)      (50,214     (26.85 %)      (123,126

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

        25.94     215,369        43.09     197,569   

Adjustment for prior years

        2.03     16,877        —       

Change in tax rates

        —          —          0.35     1,593   

Others

        0.72     5,991        (1.28 %)      (5,872
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

               411,332          222,180   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual effective tax rate

          49.54       48.46

 

29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

  (a) Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 2013, in relation to the temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries amounting to ₩148,224 million, the Controlling Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities since the Controlling Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

  (b) Unrecognized deferred tax assets

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the tax basis of the Controlling Company’s investment in one subsidiary is greater than its financial statement carrying amount, which gave rise to deductible temporary differences amounting to ₩428,524 million and ₩431,471 million, respectively. The Controlling Company did not recognize deferred tax assets for these temporary differences because the possibility for these differences to reverse, through events such as disposing of the related investments in the foreseeable future, is less than probable.

 

130


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized

Realization of deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards is dependent on whether sufficient taxable income will be generated prior to their expiration. As of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company recognized deferred tax assets of ₩538,289 million, in relation to tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that management believes the realization is probable. The amount of unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized and their expiration dates are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)  
            December 31  
            2014      2015      2016  

Tax credit carryforwards

             304,717         165,006         59,076   

 

  (d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

(In millions of won)           Assets      Liabilities     Total  
            December, 31,
2013
     December, 31,
2012
     December, 31,
2013
    December, 31,
2012
    December, 31,
2013
    December, 31,
2012
 

Other accounts receivable, net

             —           —           (2,476     (2,063     (2,476     (2,063

Inventories, net

        18,866         10,075         —          —          18,866        10,075   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        98         285         —          —          98        285   

Defined benefit obligation

        72,709         38,573         —          —          72,709        38,573   
Investments in equity accounted investees         2,972         7,619         —          —          2,972        7,619   

Accrued expenses

        83,571         81,802         —          —          83,571        81,802   

Property, plant and equipment

        189,422         171,881         —          —          189,422        171,881   

Intangible assets

        —           2,488         (1,207     —          (1,207     2,488   

Provisions

        11,460         12,979         —          —          11,460        12,979   
Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net         282         5,340         (957     (958     (675     4,382   

Others

        13,473         34,344         (171     (220     13,302        34,124   

Tax losses carryforwards

        110,550         233,139         —          —          110,550        233,139   

Tax credit carryforwards

        538,289         699,529         —          —          538,289        699,529   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

             1,041,692         1,298,054         (4,811     (3,241     1,036,881        1,294,813   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           January 1,
2012
    Profit or
loss
    Other
compre-
hensive
income
    December 31,
2012
    Profit
or loss
    Other
compre-
hensive
income
    December 31,
2013
 

Other accounts receivable, net

             (3,738     1,675        —          (2,063     (413     —          (2,476

Inventories, net

        15,915        (5,840     —          10,075        8,791        —          18,866   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        1,259        —          (974     285        1        (188     98   

Defined benefit obligation

        21,877        (1,629     18,325        38,573        34,470        (334     72,709   
Investments in equity accounted investees         4,307        3,312        —          7,619        (4,647     —          2,972   

Accrued expenses

        72,965        8,837        —          81,802        1,769        —          83,571   

Property, plant and equipment

        133,720        38,161        —          171,881        17,541        —          189,422   

Intangible assets

        1,105        1,383        —          2,488        (3,695     —          (1,207

Provisions

        11,618        1,361        —          12,979        (1,519     —          11,460   
Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net         (17,697     22,079        —          4,382        (5,057     —          (675

Debentures

        6,059        (6,059     —          —          —          —          —     

Others

        18,259        15,934        (69     34,124        (20,785     (37     13,302   

Tax losses carryforwards

        329,068        (95,929     —          233,139        (122,589     —          110,550   

Tax credit carryforwards

        829,048        (129,519     —          699,529        (161,240     —          538,289   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

             1,423,765        (146,234     17,282        1,294,813        (257,373     (559     1,036,881   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (f) Changes in minimum tax rate for the subsequent period

On January 1, 2014, the Tax Reduction and Exemption Control Act in Korea was amended so that the minimum tax rate applied to taxable income in excess of ₩100 billion for the Controlling Company after 2014 was revised from 16% to 17%. As of December 31, 2013, the Controlling Company applied 16% as the minimum tax rate when measuring the amount of tax credit related deferred tax assets for which it is probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. If the Controlling Company applied the 17% of minimum tax rate, deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards would have decreased by ₩55,245 million

On January 1, 2014, certain municipal corporate income tax rules were amended and effective on the same date that resulted in excluding tax credits from the basis of determining municipal corporate income tax. Accordingly, starting for the annual periods from 2014, the Controlling Company will have larger municipal corporate income tax due to the impact from the income tax credits. If the amended municipal corporate income tax rules were applied at the end of 2013, deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards would have decreased by ₩48,827 million.

 

132


Table of Contents
30. Earnings per Share

 

  (a) Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In won and No. of shares)           2013      2012  

Profit attributable to owners of the Controlling Company

             426,118,222,180         233,204,398,428   

Weighted-average number of common stocks outstanding

        357,815,700         357,815,700   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

             1,191         652   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no events or transactions that resulted in changes in the number of common stocks used for calculating earnings per share from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share are not calculated since there was no potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

31. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            2013     2012  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Changes in other accounts payable arising from the purchase of property, plant and equipment

             (1,108,944     (1,270,755

 

133


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Financial Statements

For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

(With Independent Auditors’ Report Thereon)

 

134


Table of Contents

Contents

 

     Page  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     136   

Separate Statements of Financial Position

     138   

Separate Statements of Comprehensive Income

     139   

Separate Statements of Changes in Equity

     140   

Separate Statements of Cash Flows

     141   

Notes to the Separate Financial Statements

     148   

Review Report on Internal Accounting Control System

     211   

Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System

     212   

 

135


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

Based on a report originally issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have audited the accompanying separate statements of financial position of LG Display Co., Ltd (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related separate statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended. Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these separate financial statements in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these separate financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of Korea. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the separate financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the separate financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the separate financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended, in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the following:

The procedures and practices utilized in the Republic of Korea to audit such separate financial statements may differ from those generally accepted and applied in other countries. Accordingly, this report is for use by those knowledgeable about Korean auditing standards and their application in practice.

As discussed in note 20 to the separate financial statements, the Company has been or is under investigations by antitrust authorities in several countries with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the Liquid Crystal Display (“LCD”) industry and named as defendants in a number of individual lawsuits and class actions in the United States and Canada, respectively, in connection with alleged antitrust violations concerning the sale of LCD panels. The Company estimated and recognized losses related to these investigations and alleged violations. However, actual losses are subject to change in the future based on new developments in each matter, or changes in circumstances, which could be materially different from those estimated and recognized by the Company.

 

136


Table of Contents

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 19, 2014

 

This report is effective as of February 19, 2014, the audit report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances, which may occur between the audit report date and the time of reading this report, could have a material impact on the accompanying separate financial statements and notes thereto. Accordingly, the readers of the audit report should understand that the above audit report has not been updated to reflect the impact of such subsequent events or circumstances, if any.

 

137


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Financial Position

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won)    Note           December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   6, 13              253,059       1,400,566  

Deposits in banks

   6, 13         1,301,176       315,000  

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

   7, 13, 19, 23         3,543,193       4,548,459  

Other accounts receivable, net

   7, 13         59,806       101,337  

Other current financial assets

   9, 13         —         2,976  

Inventories

   8         1,586,642       1,947,945  

Prepaid income taxes

           3,665       3,699  

Other current assets

   7         129,826       112,271  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

           6,877,367       8,432,253  

Investments

   10         1,820,806       1,468,778  

Other non-current financial assets

   9, 13         40,905       80,318  

Property, plant and equipment, net

   11         10,294,740       12,004,435  

Intangible assets, net

   12         461,620       488,663  

Deferred tax assets

   29         936,000       1,186,704  

Other non-current assets

   7         213,155       140,437  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

           13,767,226       15,369,335  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

                20,644,593       23,801,588  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

          

Trade accounts and notes payable

   13, 23              3,482,120       4,386,383  

Current financial liabilities

   13, 14         886,852       971,577  

Other accounts payable

   13         1,050,586       2,618,171  

Accrued expenses

           476,040       418,047  

Provisions

   18         199,737       249,755  

Advances received

   19         627,997       462,614  

Other current liabilities

   18         30,843       26,396  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

           6,754,175       9,132,943  

Non-current financial liabilities

   13, 14         2,994,837       3,440,585  

Non-current provisions

   18         5,005       6,515  

Employee benefits

   17         318,696       180,302  

Long-term advances received

   19         427,397       1,049,678  

Other non-current liabilities

   18         382,058       330,445  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

           4,127,993       5,007,525  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

           10,882,168       14,140,468  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

          

Share capital

   21         1,789,079       1,789,079  

Share premium

           2,251,113       2,251,113  

Reserves

   21         (305 )     (893 )

Retained earnings

   22         5,722,538       5,621,821  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

           9,762,425       9,661,120  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

                20,644,593       23,801,588  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

138


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won, except earnings per share)    Note           2013     2012  

Revenue

   23, 24              25,854,183       28,672,355  

Cost of sales

   8, 23         (23,103,569 )     (26,325,386 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

           2,750,614       2,346,969  

Selling expenses

   16         (515,211 )     (551,659 )

Administrative expenses

   16         (394,656 )     (395,159 )

Research and development expenses

           (1,087,197 )     (773,673 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

           753,550       626,478  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

   27         67,136       194,290  

Finance costs

   27         (254,022 )     (310,071 )

Other non-operating income

   25         850,870       955,752  

Other non-operating expenses

   25         (1,031,109 )     (1,274,272 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

           386,425       192,177  

Income tax expense

   28         286,753       163,628  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

           99,672       28,549  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

          

Items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss

          

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability

   17, 28         1,379       (75,722 )

Related income tax

   17, 28         (334 )     18,325  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           1,045       (57,397 )

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss

          

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets

   27, 28         776       4,025  

Related income tax

   28         (188 )     (974 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           588       3,051  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of income tax

           1,633       (54,346 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

                101,305       (25,797 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

          

Basic earnings per share

   30              279       80  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

   30              279       80  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

139


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won)           Share
capital
     Share
premium
     Reserves     Retained
earnings
    Total
equity
 

Balances at January 1, 2012

             1,789,079        2,251,113        (3,944 )     5,650,669       9,686,917  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

               

Profit for the year

        —          —          —         28,549       28,549  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

        —          —          3,051       —         3,051  

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability, net of tax

        —          —          —         (57,397 )     (57,397 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

        —          —          3,051       (57,397 )     (54,346 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

             —          —          3,051       (28,848 )     (25,797 )
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

        —          —          —         —         —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2012

             1,789,079        2,251,113        (893 )     5,621,821       9,661,120  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at January 1, 2013

             1,789,079        2,251,113        (893 )     5,621,821       9,661,120  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

               

Profit for the year

        —          —          —         99,672       99,672  

Other comprehensive income

               

Net change in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, net of tax

        —          —          588       —         588  

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability, net of tax

        —          —          —         1,045       1,045  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income

        —          —          588       1,045       1,633  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

             —          —          588       100,717       101,305  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transaction with owners, recognized directly in equity

        —          —          —         —         —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2013

             1,789,079        2,251,113        (305 )     5,722,538       9,762,425  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

140


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won)    Note           2013     2012  

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Profit for the year

                99,672       28,549  

Adjustments for:

          

Income tax expense

   28         286,753       163,628  

Depreciation

   11, 15         3,380,966       3,946,844  

Amortization of intangible assets

   12, 15         230,539       265,939  

Gain on foreign currency translation

           (54,937 )     (218,149 )

Loss on foreign currency translation

           35,954       58,608  

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

   17, 26         158,866       138,230  

Reversal of stock compensation expense

           —         (3 )

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

           (8,258 )     (5,886 )

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

           621       1,391  

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

           452       —    

Impairment loss on intangible assets

           1,626       3,393  

Reversal of impairment loss on intangible assets

           (296 )     —    

Finance income

           (54,014 )     (178,267 )

Finance costs

           177,332       244,368  

Other income

           (2,947 )     (10,766 )

Other expenses

           352,205       560,513  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           4,504,862       4,969,843  

Change in trade accounts and notes receivable

           557,445       (1,615,787 )

Change in other accounts receivable

           49,113       (7,360 )

Change in other current assets

           4,505       6,642  

Change in inventories

           361,303       (35,235 )

Change in other non-current assets

           (118,745 )     (49,442 )

Change in trade accounts and notes payable

           (877,147 )     703,130  

Change in other accounts payable

           (168,872 )     (101,262 )

Change in accrued expenses

           44,790       104,290  

Change in other current liabilities

           (13,259 )     358,952  

Change in long-term advances received

           —         789,670  

Change in other non-current liabilities

           9,805       —    

Change in provisions

           (315,266 )     (390,973 )

Change in defined benefit liabilities

           (19,093 )     (179,916 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
           (485,421 )     (417,291 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operating activities

           4,119,113       4,581,101  

Income taxes refunded (paid)

           (36,537 )     1,395  

Interests received

           28,333       28,095  

Interests paid

           (172,054 )     (190,205 )
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

                3,938,855       4,420,386  
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

141


Table of Contents

LG DISPLAY CO., LTD.

Separate Statements of Cash Flows, Continued

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

(In millions of won)           2013     2012  

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Dividends received

             14,582       55,800  

Proceeds from withdrawal of deposits in banks

        1,657,079       913,500  

Increase in deposits in banks

        (2,643,933 )     (413,500 )

Acquisition of investments

        (508,400 )     (225,396 )

Proceeds from disposal of investments

        13,717       3,571  

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

        (2,973,707 )     (3,701,307 )

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        22,950       24,725  

Acquisition of intangible assets

        (181,708 )     (281,213 )

Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets

        1,902       —    

Government grants received

        1,744       3,962  

Proceeds from settlement of derivatives

        —         742  

Acquisition of other non-current financial assets

        (5,410 )     (55,276 )

Proceeds from disposal of other non-current financial assets

        43,047       60,571  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (4,558,137 )     (3,613,821 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

        1,123,130       3,267,046  

Repayments of short-term borrowings

        (1,123,130 )     (3,267,046 )

Proceeds from issuance of debentures

        587,603       298,783  

Proceeds from long-term debt

        372,785       494,000  

Repayments of long-term debt

        (301,229 )     —    

Repayments of current portion of long-term debt and debentures

        (1,187,384 )     (803,672 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

        (528,225 )     (10,889 )
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        (1,147,507 )     795,676  

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1

        1,400,566       604,890  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31

             253,059       1,400,566  
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the separate financial statements.

 

142


Table of Contents
1. Organization and Description of Business

LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in February 1985 under its original name of LG Soft, Ltd. as a wholly owned subsidiary of LG Electronics Inc. In 1998, LG Electronics Inc. and LG Semicon Co., Ltd. transferred their respective Thin Film Transistor-Liquid Crystal Display (“TFT-LCD”) related business to the Company. The main business of the Company is to manufacture and sell TFT-LCD panels. The Company is a stock company (“Jusikhoesa”) domiciled in the Republic of Korea with its address at 128, Yeouidae-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul, the Republic of Korea. In July 1999, LG Electronics Inc. and Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (“Philips”) entered into a joint venture agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company changed its name to LG.Philips LCD Co., Ltd. However, in February 2008, the Company changed its name to LG Display Co., Ltd. considering the decrease of Philips’s share interest in the Company and the possibility of its business expansion to other display products including Organic Light-Emitting Diode (“OLED”) and Flexible Display products. As of December 31, 2013, LG Electronics Inc. owns 37.9% (135,625,000 shares) of the Company’s common shares.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has TFT-LCD manufacturing plants, an OLED manufacturing plant and an LCD Research & Development Center in Paju and TFT-LCD manufacturing plants in Gumi. The Company has overseas subsidiaries located in North America, Europe and Asia.

The Company’s common stock is listed on the Korea Exchange under the identifying code 034220. As of December 31, 2013, there are 357,815,700 shares of common stock outstanding. The Company’s common stock is also listed on the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depository Shares (“ADSs”) under the symbol “LPL.” One ADS represents one-half of one share of common stock. As of December 31, 2013, there are 19,789,200 ADSs outstanding.

 

2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements

 

  (a) Statement of Compliance

In accordance with the Act on External Audits of Stock Companies, these separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Korean International Financial Reporting Standards (“K-IFRS”).

These financial statements are separate financial statements prepared in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027, Separate Financial Statements, presented by a parent, an investor in an associate or a venture in a jointly controlled entity, in which the investments are accounted for on the basis of the direct equity interest rather than on the basis of the reported results and net assets of the investees.

The separate financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on January23, 2014, which will be submitted for approval to the shareholders’ meeting to be held on March 7, 2014.

 

143


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (b) Basis of Measurement

The separate financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the separate statements of financial position:

 

    available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, and

 

    liabilities for defined benefit plans are recognized as the present value of defined benefit obligations less the fair value of plan assets

 

  (c) Functional and Presentation Currency

The separate financial statements are presented in Korean won, which is the Company’s functional currency. All amounts in Korean won are in millions unless otherwise stated.

 

  (d) Use of Estimates and Judgments

The preparation of the separate financial statements in conformity with K-IFRSs requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Information about critical judgments in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the separate financial statements is included in the following notes:

 

    Classification of financial instruments (note 3.(d))

 

    Estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment (note 3.(e))

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next 12 months is included in the following notes:

 

    Recognition and measurement of provisions (note 3.(j), 18 and 20)

 

    Net realizable value of inventories (note 8)

 

    Measurement of defined benefit obligations (note 17)

 

    Deferred tax assets and liabilities (note 29)

 

144


Table of Contents
2. Basis of Presenting Financial Statements, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in accounting policies

Except for the changes below, the Company has consistently applied the accounting policies set out in Note 3 to all periods presented in the separate financial statements.

New and amended accounting standards adopted for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

    K-IFRS No. 1113, Fair Value Measurement

 

    K-IFRS No. 1019, Employee Benefits, and

 

    Amendments to K-IFRS No. 1001, Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”)

The nature and effects of the changes are explained below.

(i) Fair Value Measurement

K-IFRS No. 1113, Fair Value Measurement, establishes a single framework for measuring fair value and making relevant disclosures when such measurements are required or permitted by other K-IFRSs. It unifies the definition of fair value as the price that would be received or paid when market participants sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction at the measurement date. As it replaces and expands the disclosure requirements about fair value measurements in other K-IFRSs, including K-IFRS No. 1107, the Company provides required disclosures in note 13.

(ii) Post-employment defined benefit plans

As a result of the amendments to K-IFRS No. 1019, the Company has changed its accounting policy with respect to the basis for determining the income or expense related to its post-employment defined benefit plans. Under the amendment of K-IFRS No. 1019, the Company determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) now comprises: interest cost on the defined benefit obligation, interest income on plan assets, and interest on the effect on the asset ceiling. Previously, the Company determined interest income on plan assets based on their long-term rate of expected return. There is no significant impact of applying this amendment on the separate financial statements.

(iii) Presentation of items of OCI

As a result of the amendments to K-IFRS No. 1001, the Company has modified the presentation of items of OCI in its statement of comprehensive income (loss) into “items that will never be reclassified to profit or loss” and “items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss.” Accordingly, the comparative separate statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2012 is restated.

 

145


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by the Company in preparation of its separate financial statements are as follows:

 

  (a) Interest in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities

These separate financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027, Separate Financial Statements. The Company applied the cost method to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities in accordance with K-IFRS No.1027. Dividends from subsidiaries, associates or jointly controlled entities are recognized in profit or loss when the right to receive the dividend is established.

 

  (b) Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Company at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate on the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are measured at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date that the fair value was originally determined. Foreign currency differences arising on retranslation are recognized in profit or loss, except for differences arising on available-for-sale equity instruments and a financial asset and liability designated as a cash flow hedge, which are recognized in other comprehensive income. Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the original transaction. Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to the investing and financing activities including loans, bonds and cash and cash equivalents are recognized in finance income (expense) in the separate statement of comprehensive income and foreign currency differences arising from assets and liabilities in relation to activities other than investing and financing activities are recognized in other non-operating income (expense) in the separate statement of comprehensive income. Relevant foreign currency differences are presented in gross amounts in the separate statement of comprehensive income.

 

  (c) Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring the inventories, production or conversion costs and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated selling expenses. In the case of manufactured inventories and work-in-process, cost includes an appropriate share of production overheads based on the actual capacity of production facilities. However, the normal capacity is used for the allocation of fixed production overheads if the actual level of production is lower than the normal capacity.

 

146


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Company initially recognizes loans and receivables and deposits on the date they are originated. All other non-derivative financial assets, including financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, are recognized in the separate statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows of the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability. If a transfer does not result in derecognition because the Company has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset, the Company continues to recognize the transferred asset and recognizes a financial liability for the consideration received. In subsequent periods, the Company recognizes any income on the transferred assets and any expense incurred on the financial liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the separate statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The Company has the following non-derivative financial assets: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables and available-for-sales financial assets.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held for trading or is designated as such upon initial recognition. If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the Company designates the entire hybrid (combined) contract as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss unless: the embedded derivative(s) does not significantly modify the cash flows that otherwise would be required by the contract; or it is clear with little or no analysis when a similar hybrid (combined) instrument is first considered that separation of the embedded derivative(s) is prohibited. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include all cash balances and short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash.

Deposits in banks

Deposits in banks are those with maturity of more than three months and less than one year and are held for cash management purposes.

 

147


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(i) Non-derivative financial assets, Continued

 

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. When loans and receivables are recognized initially, the Company measures them at their fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset. Subsequent to initial recognition, loans and receivables are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. Loans and receivables comprise trade accounts and notes receivable and other accounts receivable.

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or that are not classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity financial assets or loans and receivables. The Company’s investments in equity securities and certain debt securities are classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale equity instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented within equity in the fair value reserve. When an investment in available-for-sale financial assets is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss.

Investments in equity instruments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and whose fair value cannot be reliably measured and whose derivatives are linked to and must be settled by delivery of such unquoted equity instruments are measured at cost.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Company classifies financial liabilities into two categories, financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and other financial liabilities, in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of financial liabilities, and recognizes them in the separate statement of financial position when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading or designated as such upon initial recognition at fair value through profit or loss. After initial recognition, financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss. Upon initial recognition, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Non-derivative financial liabilities other than financial liabilities classified as fair value through profit or loss are classified as other financial liabilities and measured initially at fair value minus transaction costs that are directly attributable to the issuance of financial liabilities. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. As of December 31, 2013, non-derivative financial liabilities comprise borrowings, bonds and others.

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

 

148


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iii) Share Capital

The Company only owns common stocks and they are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issuance of common stocks are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of tax effects. Capital contributed in excess of par value upon issuance of common stocks is classified as share premium within equity.

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting

Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in profit or loss except in the case where the derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and the hedge is determined to be an effective hedge.

If necessary, the Company designates derivatives as hedging items to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments (a fair value hedge) and foreign currency risk of highly probable forecasted transactions or firm commitments (a cash flow hedge).

On initial designation of the hedge, the Company’s management formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company’s management makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, the transaction should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

 

149


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (d) Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(iv) Derivative financial instruments, including hedge accounting, Continued

 

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect profit or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in profit or loss in the same period the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the separate statement of comprehensive income. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the hedging reserve in equity remains there until the forecasted transaction affects profit or loss. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in profit or loss. In other cases the amount recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to profit or loss in the same period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

Embedded derivative

Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. Changes in the fair value of separable embedded derivatives are recognized immediately in profit or loss.

 

150


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (e) Property, Plant and Equipment

(i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property, plant and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes an expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labor, any costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition for their intended use, the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are located and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

The gain or loss arising from the derecognition of an item of property, plant and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other non-operating income or other non-operating expenses.

(ii) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure on an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized as part of its cost only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

(iii) Depreciation

Depreciation is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Company. The residual value of property, plant and equipment is zero. Land is not depreciated.

Estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 

     Useful lives (years)

Buildings and structures

   20, 40

Machinery

   4, 5

Furniture and fixtures

   4

Equipment, tools and vehicles

   4, 12

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate. The changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for all periods presented.

 

151


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (f) Borrowing Costs

The Company capitalizes borrowing costs, which includes interests and exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs, directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset as part of the cost of that asset. A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale. To the extent that the Company borrows funds specifically for the purpose of obtaining a qualifying asset, the Company determines the amount of borrowing costs eligible for capitalization as the actual borrowing costs incurred on that borrowing during the period less any investment income on the temporary investment of those borrowings. The Company immediately recognizes other borrowing costs as an expense.

 

  (g) Government Grants

In case there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions attached to a government grant, the government grant is recognized as follows:

(i) Grants related to the purchase or construction of assets

A government grant related to the purchase or construction of assets is deducted in calculating the carrying amount of the asset. The grant is recognized in profit or loss over the life of a depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense and cash related to grant received is presented in investing activities in the statement of cash flows.

(ii) Grants for compensating the Company’s expenses incurred

A government grant that compensates the Company for expenses incurred is recognized in profit or loss as a deduction from relevant expenses on a systematic basis in the periods in which the expenses are recognized.

(iii) Other government grants

A government grant that becomes receivable for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Company with no compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or no future related costs is recognized as income of the period in which it becomes receivable.

 

  (h) Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Subsequently, intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

(i) Goodwill

Goodwill arising from business combinations is recognized as the excess of the acquisition cost of investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures over the Company’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any deficit is a bargain purchase that is recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

 

152


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(ii) Research and development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospect of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or design of the production of new or substantially improved products and processes. Development expenditure is capitalized only if the Company can demonstrate all of the following:

 

    the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale,

 

    its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it,

 

    its ability to use or sell the intangible asset,

 

    how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Company can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset,

 

    the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset, and

 

    its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditure capitalized includes the cost of materials, direct labor, overhead costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

(iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets include intellectual property rights, software, customer relationships, technology, memberships and others.

(iv) Subsequent costs

Subsequent expenditure is capitalized only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific intangible asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

153


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (h) Intangible Assets, Continued

 

(v) Amortization

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The residual value of intangible assets is zero. However, as there are no foreseeable limits to the periods over which condominium and golf club memberships are expected to be available for use, these intangible assets are regarded as having indefinite useful lives and not amortized.

 

     Estimated useful lives (years)

Intellectual property rights

   5, 10

Rights to use electricity, water and gas supply facilities

   10

Software

   4

Customer relationships

   7

Technology

   10

Development costs

   (*)

Condominium and golf club memberships

   Not amortized

 

(*) Capitalized development costs are amortized over the useful life considering the life cycle of the developed products. Amortization of capitalized development costs is recognized in research and development expenses in the separate statement of comprehensive income.

Amortization periods and the amortization methods for intangible assets with finite useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end. The useful lives of intangible assets that are not being amortized are reviewed each period to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support indefinite useful life assessments for those assets. If appropriate, the changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates.

 

  (i) Impairment

(i) Financial assets

A financial asset not carried at fair value through profit or loss is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if objective evidence indicates that a loss event has occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that the loss event had a negative effect on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably.

Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired can include default or delinquency in interest or principal payments by an issuer or a debtor, for economic reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, granting to the borrower a concession that the Company would not otherwise consider, or the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset. In addition, for an investment in an equity security, objective evidence of impairment includes significant financial difficulty of the issuer and a significant or prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost.

 

154


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(i) Financial assets, Continued

 

The Company’s management considers evidence of impairment for loans and receivables at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant loans and receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Loans and receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Company uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on financial assets carried at amortized cost, the amount of the impairment loss is measured as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against loans and receivables.

The amount of the impairment loss on financial assets including equity securities carried at cost is measured as the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset. Such impairment losses are not reversed.

When a decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale financial asset has been recognized in other comprehensive income, the amount of the cumulative loss that is reclassified from equity to profit or loss is the difference between the acquisition cost and current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit or loss.

In a subsequent period, for the financial assets recorded at fair value, if the fair value increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. The amount of the reversal in financial assets carried at amortized cost and a debt instrument classified as available for sale is recognized in profit or loss. However, impairment loss recognized for an investment in an equity instrument classified as available-for-sale is reversed through other comprehensive income.

 

155


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (i) Impairment, Continued

 

(ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Company’s non-financial assets, other than assets arising from employee benefits, inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives or that are not yet available for use, irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, the recoverable amount is estimated each year at the same time.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is determined as the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available to reflect the amount that the Company could obtain from the disposal of the asset in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. Impairment losses recognized in respect of a CGU are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit on a pro rata basis.

In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of accumulated depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.

 

156


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (j) Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The risks and uncertainties that inevitably surround events and circumstances are taken into account in reaching the best estimate of a provision. Where the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined at the present value of the expected future cash flows. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

Provisions are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, the provision is reversed.

The Company recognizes a liability for warranty obligations based on the estimated costs expected to be incurred under its basic limited warranty. This warranty covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. These liabilities are accrued when product revenues are recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims on those repairs and cost per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation. Warranty costs primarily include raw materials and labor costs. As these factors are impacted by actual experience and future expectations, management periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. Accrued warranty obligations are included in the current and non-current provisions.

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines, and penalties and other sources, are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the assessment and/or remediation can be reasonably estimated.

 

  (k) Employee Benefits

(i) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognized in profit or loss on an undiscounted basis. The expected cost of profit-sharing and bonus plans and others are recognized when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation to make payments as a result of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be made.

(ii) Other long-term employee benefits

The Company’s net obligation in respect of long-term employee benefits other than pension plans is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods.

 

157


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (k) Employee Benefits, Continued

 

(iii) Defined contribution plan

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees.

(iv) Defined benefit plan

A defined benefit plan is a post-employment benefit plan other than defined contribution plans. The Company’s net obligation in respect of its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value. The fair value of any plan assets is deducted.

The calculation is performed annually by an independent actuary using the projected unit credit method. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on high quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Company’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The Company recognizes all actuarial gains and losses arising from defined benefit plans in retained earnings immediately.

The Company determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Consequently, the net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) now comprises: interest cost on the defined benefit obligation, interest income on plan assets, and interest on the effect on the asset ceiling.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Company recognizes gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

 

  (l) Revenue

Revenue from the sale of goods in the course of ordinary activities is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of estimated returns, earned trade discounts, volume rebates and other cash incentives paid to customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably. If it is probable that discounts will be granted and the amount can be measured reliably, then the discount is recognized as a reduction of revenue when the sales are recognized. Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are accounted for on a net basis and therefore are excluded from revenues in the separate statements of comprehensive income.

 

158


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (m) Operating Segments

In accordance with K-IFRS No. 1108, Operating Segments, entity wide disclosures of geographic and product revenue information are provided in the consolidated financial statements.

 

  (n) Finance Income and Finance Costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested (including available-for-sale financial assets), dividend income, gains on the disposal of available-for-sale financial assets, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, and gains on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method. Dividend income is recognized in profit or loss on the date that the Company’s right to receive payment is established.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings, unwinding of the discount on provisions, changes in the fair value of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, impairment losses recognized on financial assets, and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in profit or loss. Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

 

  (o) Income Tax

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

(i) Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable profit or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. The taxable profit is different from the accounting profit for the period since the taxable profit is calculated excluding the temporary differences, which will be taxable or deductible in determining taxable profit (tax loss) of future periods, and non-taxable or non-deductible items from the accounting profit.

 

159


Table of Contents
3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Continued

 

  (o) Income Tax, Continued

 

(ii) Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognized, using the liability method, in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. The measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. However, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

The Company recognizes a deferred tax liability for all taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates, and interests in joint ventures, except to the extent that the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

The Company offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities if, and only if, the Company has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.

 

  (p) Earnings per Share

The Company presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its common stocks. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of common stocks outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of common stocks outstanding, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential common stocks, which comprise convertible bonds.

 

  (q) New Standards and Amendments Not Yet Adopted

Amendment to K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation

The amendment improves application guidance of K-IFRS No. 1032, Financial Instruments: Presentation, to clarify criterion of offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities. The amendment will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and has not been adopted early in preparing the separate financial statements.

Management believes that the adoption of the amendment is expected to have no significant impact on the separate statement of financial position of the Company.

 

160


Table of Contents
4. Determination of Fair Value

A number of the Company’s accounting policies and disclosures require the determination of fair value, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Fair values have been determined for measurement and/or disclosure purposes based on the following methods. When applicable, further information about the assumptions made in determining fair values is disclosed in the notes specific to that asset or liability.

 

  (a) Current Assets and Liabilities

The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

  (b) Trade Receivables and Other Receivables

The fair value of trade and other receivables is estimated as the present value of future cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date. This fair value is determined for disclosure purposes. The carrying amounts of short-term receivables approximate fair value.

 

  (c) Investments in Equity and Debt Securities

The fair value of marketable available-for-sale financial assets is determined by reference to their quoted closing bid price at the reporting date. The fair value of non-marketable securities is determined using valuation methods.

 

  (d) Non-derivative Financial Liabilities

The fair value of financial liabilities at FVTPL is determined by reference to their quoted closing price at the reporting date. Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, except for the liabilities at FVTPL, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows, discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.

 

5. Risk Management

 

  (a) Financial Risk Management

The Company is exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks. The Company identifies and analyzes such risks, and controls are implemented under a risk management system to monitor and manage these risks at below a threshold level.

(i) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Company’s receivables from customers.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk of trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. However, management considers the demographics of the Company’s customer base, including the default risk of the country in which customers operate, do not have a significant influence on credit risk since the majority of the customers are global electronic appliance manufacturers operating in global markets.

 

161


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

(a) Financial Risk Management, Continued

 

(i) Credit risk, Continued

 

The Company establishes credit limits for each customer and each new customer is analyzed quantitatively and qualitatively before determining whether to utilize third party guarantees, insurance or factoring as appropriate.

The Company does not establish allowances for receivables under insurance and receivables from customers with a high credit rating. For the rest of the receivables, the Company establishes an allowance for impairment of trade and other receivables that have been individually or collectively evaluated for impairment and estimated on the basis of historical loss experience for assets.

(ii) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation.

The Company has historically been able to satisfy its cash requirements from cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing. To the extent that the Company does not generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its capital requirements, the Company may rely on other financing activities, such as external long-term borrowings and offerings of debt securities, equity-linked and other debt securities. In addition, the Company maintains a line of credit with various banks.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices will affect the Company’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

(iv) Currency risk

The Company is exposed to currency risk on sales, purchases and borrowings that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company, Korean won (KRW). The currencies in which these transactions primarily are denominated are USD and JPY.

Interest on borrowings is denominated in the currency of the borrowing. Generally, borrowings are denominated in currencies that match the cash flows generated by the underlying operations of the Company, primarily KRW, USD and JPY.

In respect of other monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, the Company ensures that its net exposure is kept to an acceptable level by buying or selling foreign currencies at spot rates when necessary to address short-term imbalances. In consideration of the currency fluctuation, the Company adopts policies to adjust factoring volumes of foreign currency denominated receivables or utilizing usance as a means to settle payables for the purchase of manufacturing facilities.

 

162


Table of Contents
5. Risk Management, Continued

 

(v) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk arises principally from the Company’s debentures and borrowings. The Company establishes and applies its policy to reduce uncertainty arising from fluctuations in the interest rate and to minimize finance cost and manages interest rate risk by monitoring of trends of fluctuations in interest rate and establishing plan for countermeasures.

 

  (b) Capital Management

Management’s policy is to maintain a capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to sustain future development of the business. Liabilities to equity ratio, net borrowings to equity ratio and other financial ratios are used by management to achieve an optimal capital structure. Management also monitors the return on capital as well as the level of dividends to ordinary shareholders. Equity, defined by K-IFRS, is identical to the definition of capital, managed by management.

 

(In millions of won)        
            December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Total liabilities

             10,882,168        14,140,468   

Total equity

        9,762,425        9,661,120   

Cash and deposits in banks (*1)

        1,554,235        1,715,566   

Borrowings (including bonds)

        3,881,689        4,412,162   

Total liabilities to equity ratio

        111     146

Net borrowings to equity ratio (*2)

        24     28

 

  (*1) Cash and deposits in banks consists of cash and cash equivalents and deposit in banks.
  (*2) Net borrowings to equity ratio is calculated by dividing total equity with borrowings (including bonds) less cash and deposits in banks.

 

6. Cash and Cash Equivalents and Deposits in Banks

Cash and cash equivalents and deposits in banks at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)         
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

        

Demand deposits

             253,059         1,400,566   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits in banks

        

Time deposits

             1,231,176         300,000   

Restricted cash (*)

        70,000         15,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,301,176         315,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (*) Restricted cash relates to mutual growth fund to aid LG Group’s second and third-tier suppliers.

 

163


Table of Contents
7. Receivables and Other Current Assets

 

  (a) Trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)         
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Trade, net

             175,997         281,069   

Due from related parties

        3,367,196         4,267,390   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,543,193         4,548,459   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Other accounts receivable at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)         
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Non-trade accounts receivable, net

             49,626         92,662   

Accrued income

        10,180         8,675   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             59,806         101,337   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Due from related parties included in other accounts receivable, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are ₩1,154 million and ₩2,416 million, respectively.

 

  (c) Other assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)         
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Advance payments

             8,503         6,442   

Prepaid expenses

        44,179         38,281   

Value added tax refundable

        77,144         67,548   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             129,826         112,271   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Long-term prepaid expenses

             209,655         140,437   

Long-term advance payments

        3,500         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             213,155         140,437   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

164


Table of Contents
8. Inventories

Inventories at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Finished goods

             487,990         690,468   

Work-in-process

        570,008         620,175   

Raw materials

        240,439         354,240   

Supplies

        288,205         283,062   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,586,642         1,947,945   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the amount of inventories recognized as cost of sales and inventory write-downs included in cost of sales is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Inventories recognized as cost of sales

             23,103,569         26,325,386   

Including: inventory write-downs

        189,312         118,903   

There were no significant reversals of inventory write-downs recognized during 2013 and 2012.

 

9. Other Financial Assets

 

  (a) Other financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current assets

        

Deposits

             —           2,976   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Guarantee deposits with banks

             13         13   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        16,792         16,016   

Deposits

        15,282         53,043   

Long-term other accounts receivable

        8,818         11,246   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             40,905         80,318   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Available-for-sale financial assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Non-current assets

        

Debt securities

        

Government bonds

             2,838         2,838   

Equity securities

        

Intellectual Discovery, Ltd.

             2,673         2,673   

Silicon works Co., Ltd.

        11,281         10,505   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        13,954         13,178   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             16,792         16,016   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

165


Table of Contents
10. Investments

 

  (a) Investments in subsidiaries consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)              December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Overseas

Subsidiaries

   Location    Business    Percentage
of
ownership
           Book value      Percentage
of
ownership
           Book Value  

LG Display America, Inc. (*1)

   San Jose,

U.S.A.

   Sell TFT-

LCD products

     100             —           100             —     

LG Display Germany GmbH

   Ratingen, Germany    Sell TFT-LCD

products

     100        19,373         100        19,373   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

   Tokyo, Japan    Sell TFT-LCD
products
     100        15,686         100        15,686   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

   Taipei, Taiwan    Sell TFT-LCD
products
     100        35,230         100        35,230   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

   Nanjing, China    Manufacture
and sell

TFT-LCD
products

     100        561,635         100        561,635   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

   Shanghai, China    Sell TFT-LCD
products
     100        9,093         100        9,093   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

   Wroclaw, Poland    Manufacture
and sell

TFT-LCD
products

     80        157,864         80        157,864   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (*2)

   Guangzhou, China    Manufacture
and sell

TFT-LCD
products

     100        174,157         90        157,268   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

   Shenzhen, China    Sell TFT-LCD
products
     100        3,467         100        3,467   

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore    Sell TFT-LCD
products
     100        1,250         100        1,250   

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

   Xiamen,

China

   Manufacture
LCD

module and TV
sets

     51        —           51        —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

   Fujian,

China

   Manufacture
LCD

module and
LCD

monitor sets

     51        10,123         51        10,123   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

   Yantai,

China

   Manufacture
and sell

TFT-LCD
products

     100        88,488         100        88,488   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited (*3)

   Dongguan,

China

   Manufacture
and sell

e-Book devices

     —             —           51        —     

Image & Materials, Inc. (*4)

   Daejeon, South Korea    Manufacture
EPD

materials

     —             —           100        10,124   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

   Kunshan,

China

   Manufacture
notebook
borderless
hinge-up
     51        8,594         51        8,594   

LG Display U.S.A., Inc.

   McAllen, U.S.A.    Manufacture
and sell

TFT-LCD
products

     100        12,353         100        12,353   

LG Display Reynosa S.A.de C.V. (*5)

   Reynosa,

Mexico

   Manufacture
TFT-LCD
products
     1        92         1        92   

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

   Gumi, South
Korea
   Janitorial
services
     100        800         100        800   

LG Display China Co., Ltd. (*6)

   Guangzhou,China    Manufacture
and sell
TFT-LCD
products
     64        367,728         70        30,399   
             

 

 

         

 

 

 
                     1,465,933                   1,121,839   
             

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (*1) LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”) was sentenced to pay a fine of USD 400 million by the U.S. Government in 2008, which LGDUS recorded as a loss. The Company recorded the cumulative loss of LGDUS, mostly related to the fine, in excess of the Company’s investment in LGDUS as other accounts payable. Meanwhile, there is no balance in other accounts payable as of December 31, 2013. In June and December 2013, the Company invested ₩128,708 million in cash in aggregate for the capital increase of LGDUS. There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDUS as a result of these additional investments.
  (*2) In October 2013, Skyworth TV Holdings Limited exercised its put option to sell 10% ownership of LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd. (“LGDGZ”) in whole at ₩16,889 million and LGDGZ became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
  (*3) In April and June 2013, the Company invested an aggregate of ₩6,730 million in cash to participate in the disproportionate capital increase of L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited and acquired the remaining interests from non-controlling shareholder and in November 2013, as L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited completed liquidation, the Company collected ₩200 million in cash from the investment in L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited and recognized ₩131 million for the difference between the collected amount and carrying amount as finance cost.
  (*4) In July 2013, the Company collected ₩8,494 million from the investment in Image & Materials, which completed liquidation, and recognized ₩1 million for the difference between the collected amount and the carrying amount as finance cost.
  (*5) LG Display U.S.A. Inc. is wholly owned by the Company and LG Display U.S.A. Inc. owns 99% of LG Display Reynosa S.A. de C.V. (“LGDRS”)
  (*6) In March, September, and October 2013, the Company contributed ₩337,329 million in cash for the capital increase of LG Display (China) Co., Ltd. (“LGDCA”) and as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s ownership percentage in LGDCA is 64%. Meanwhile, LGDGZ, a subsidiary of the Company, owns 6% of LGDCA.

The Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩8,027 million as finance costs for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of investments in subsidiaries in which there are no realistic prospects of recovery of the assets in 2013.

 

167


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (b) Investments in joint ventures consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)                                                  
               December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Joint Ventures

   Location    Business    Percentage
of
ownership
           Book
value
     Percentage
of
ownership
           Book
value
 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. (*1)

   Suzhou,

China

   Manufacture

and sell

LCD modules
and LCD TV
sets

     51             120,184         51             108,266   

Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Ltd. (*2)

   Guangzhou,

China

   R&D on design
of LCD
modules and
LCD TV sets
     —             —           50        4,569   

Global OLED Technology LLC

   Herndon,

U.S.A.

   Managing and
licensing
OLED patents
     33        53,282         33        53,282   
             

 

 

         

 

 

 
                     173,466                   166,117   
             

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

  (*1) Despite of its 51% ownership, management concluded that the Company does not have control of Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. (“Raken”) because the Company and AmTRAN Technology Co., Ltd., which has a 49% equity interest of the investee, jointly control the board of directors of the investee through equal voting powers.

In September 2013, the Company invested ₩11,918 million in cash for the capital increase of Raken. There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in Raken as a result of this additional investment.

 

  (*2) The Company received ₩3,540 million in cash for the remaining assets of Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Ltd. which was liquidated in November 2013 and recognized ₩1,029 million for the difference between the amount received and carrying amount as finance cost. As of December 31, 2013, Guangzhou New Vision Technology Research and Development Ltd. concluded the procedures of liquidation and at January 2, 2014, the registration of liquidation was completed.

 

168


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (c) Investments in associates consist of the following:

 

(In millions of won)                              
               December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Associates

   Location    Business    Percentage
of
ownership
           Book
Value
     Percentage
of
ownership
           Book
value
 

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

   Paju,

South Korea

   Manufacture electric glass for
FPDs
     40             45,089         40             45,089   

TLI Inc. (*1)

   Seongnam,

South Korea

   Manufacture and

sell semiconductor parts

     10        6,961         12        6,961   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

   Daegu,

South Korea

   Manufacture and sell
equipment for FPDs
     16        6,021         16        6,021   

New Optics Ltd. (*2)

   Yangju,

South Korea

   Manufacture back light parts
for TFT-LCDs
     46        14,221         42        14,221   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

   Seongnam,

South Korea

   Develop and manufacture the
equipment for FPDs
     13        6,330         13        6,330   

WooRee E&L Co., Ltd (*3)

   Ansan,

South Korea

   Manufacture LED back light

unit packages

     21        11,900         30        11,900   

Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd. (*4)

   Suwon,

South Korea

   Develop, manufacture and
sell equipment for
manufacturing solar battery
and FPDs
     —             —           40        69   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (*5)

   Seoul,

South Korea

   Invest in small and middle
sized companies and benefit

from M&A opportunities

     31        20,939         31        15,489   

Can Yang Investments Limited

   Hong Kong    Develop, manufacture and
sell LED parts
     9        17,516         9        17,516   

YAS Co., Ltd.

   Paju,

South Korea

   Develop and manufacture
deposition equipment for
OLEDs
     19        10,000         19        10,000   

Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd. (*6)

   Suzhou,

China

   Manufacture LED Packages      20        1,830         20        4,626   

Narenanotech Corporation

   Yongin,

South Korea

   Manufacture and sell

FPD manufacturing
equipment

     23        30,000         23        30,000   

AVATEC Co., Ltd. (*7)

   Daegu,

South Korea

   Process and sell glass for
FPDs
     16        10,600         17        10,600   

Glonix Co., Ltd. (*8)

   Gimhae,

South Korea

   Manufacture and sell LCD      20        —           20        2,000   
             

 

 

         

 

 

 
                     181,407                   180,822   
             

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

169


Table of Contents
10. Investments, Continued

 

  (*1) In 2013, the Company’s ownership in TLI Inc. was reduced from 12% to 10% due to the shares issued in relation to the exercise of warrants. The Company has its right to appoint a director to the board of directors of the investee.
  (*2) In 2013, as the Company did not participate in New Optics Ltd.’s reduction in capital stock through a distribution of cash, the Company’s ownership in New Optics Ltd. increased from 42% to 46%.
  (*3) In 2013, as the Company did not participate in the capital increase of WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. when WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. initially lists its shares in the Korea Securities Dealers Automated Quotations (“KOSDAQ”), the Company’s ownership in WooRee E&L Co., Ltd. was reduced from 30% to 21%.
  (*4) In 2013, the Company collected ₩107 million from the investment in Dynamic Solar Design Co., Ltd., which completed liquidation, and recognized ₩38 million of difference between the carrying amount and the recovered amount as finance cost.
  (*5) The Company is a member of limited partnership in the LB Gemini New Growth Fund No.16 (“the Fund”). In March and May 2013, the Company received ₩1,116 million and ₩260 million, respectively, from the Fund as capital distribution and made additional cash investment of ₩6,826 million in the Fund in June, September and December 2013, in aggregate. There were no changes in the Company’s ownership percentage in the Fund and the Company is committed to making future investments of up to an aggregate of ₩30,000 million.
  (*6) In 2013, the Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩2,796 million for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount the investment in Eralite Optoelectronics (Jiangsu) Co., Ltd., which manufactures LED Package.
  (*7) In 2013, the Company’s ownership in AVATEC Co., Ltd. was reduced from 17% to 16% due to the shares issued in relation to the exercise of stock options. The Company has its right to appoint a director to the board of directors of the investee.
  (*8) In 2013, the Company recognized an impairment loss of ₩2,000 million for the difference between the carrying amount and the recoverable amount of the investment in Glonix Co., Ltd., which manufactures and sells LCD. The Company has its right to appoint a director to the board of directors of the investee.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the aggregate amount of received dividends from subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are ₩14,276 million and ₩55,318 million, respectively.

 

170


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                       
            Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
         Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2013

             440,992        4,666,537        30,223,060           642,747        896,032        172,540        37,041,908   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2013

        —          (1,112,321     (23,250,273        (549,029     —          (125,850     (25,037,473
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

        440,992        3,554,216        6,972,787           93,718        896,032        46,690        12,004,435   

Additions

        —          —          —             —          1,688,328        —          1,688,328   

Depreciation

        —          (225,608     (3,089,654        (51,550     —          (14,154     (3,380,966

Disposals

        (3,579     (8,521     (3,151        (62     —          —          (15,313

Others (*2)

        962        45,935        382,283           29,927        (468,828     9,721        —     

Subsidy received

        —          (1,744     —             —          —          —          (1,744
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

             438,375        3,364,278        4,262,265           72,033        2,115,532        42,257        10,294,740   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

             438,375        4,702,736        30,425,132           675,033        2,115,532        195,947        38,552,755   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2013

             —          (1,338,458     (26,162,867        (603,000     —          (153,690     (28,258,015
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (*1) As of December 31, 2013, construction-in-progress relates to construction of manufacturing facilities including their machinery.
  (*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

 

171


Table of Contents
11. Property, Plant and Equipment, Continued

 

Changes in property, plant and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                  
            Land     Buildings
and
structures
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Furniture
and
fixtures
    Construction-
in-progress
(*1)
    Others     Total  

Acquisition cost as of January 1, 2012

             443,612        3,381,625        26,729,966        615,078        3,390,305        162,961        34,723,547   

Accumulated depreciation as of January 1, 2012

        —          (917,938     (19,668,774     (499,253     —          (115,029     (21,200,994
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

        443,612        2,463,687        7,061,192        115,825        3,390,305        47,932        13,522,553   

Additions

        —          —          —          —          2,458,909        —          2,458,909   

Depreciation

        —          (195,861     (3,683,435     (54,499     —          (13,049     (3,946,844

Disposals

        (2,787     (7,010     (7,653     (19     —          (2,761     (20,230

Others (*2)

        167        1,295,192        3,604,853        32,411        (4,953,182     14,568        (5,991

Subsidy received

        —          (1,792     (2,170     —          —          —          (3,962
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

             440,992        3,554,216        6,972,787        93,718        896,032        46,690        12,004,435   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2012

             440,992        4,666,537        30,223,060        642,747        896,032        172,540        37,041,908   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2012

             —          (1,112,321     (23,250,273     (549,029     —          (125,850     (25,037,473
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (*1) As of December 31, 2012, construction-in-progress relates to construction of plants including their machinery.
  (*2) Others are mainly amounts transferred from construction-in-progress.

The capitalized borrowing costs and capitalization rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)      
            2013     2012  

Capitalized borrowing costs

             20,470        24,612   

Capitalization rate

        4.56     3.29

 

172


Table of Contents

12. Intangible Assets

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                                     
            Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
     Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of
January 1, 2013

             542,895        423,125        50,233        495,120        2,204        24,011        11,074        14,593         13,076        1,576,331   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2013

        (456,699     (273,181     —          (325,944     —          (9,164     (2,958     —           (11,794     (1,079,740

Accumulated impairment loss as of January 1, 2013

        —          —          (7,928     —          —          —          —          —           —          (7,928
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2013

        86,196        149,944        42,305        169,176        2,204        14,847        8,116        14,593         1,282        488,663   

Additions-internally developed

        —          —          —          123,271        —          —          —          —           —          123,271   

Other additions

        22,996        —          1,100        —          59,813        —          —          —           —          83,909   

Amortization (*1)

        (15,214     (81,664     —          (128,350     —          (3,427     (1,107     —           (777     (230,539

Disposals

        (285     —          (1,215     (854     —          —          —          —           —          (2,354

Impairment loss

        —          —          (1,330     —          —          —          —          —           —          (1,330

Transfer from construction-in-progress

        —          52,652        —          —          (52,652     —          —          —           —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2013

             93,693        120,932        40,860        163,243        9,365        11,420        7,009        14,593         505        461,620   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of December 31, 2013

             561,400        476,033        50,110        617,355        9,365        24,011        11,074        14,593         13,076        1,777,017   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2013

             (467,707     (355,101     —          (454,112     —          (12,591     (4,065     —           (12,571     (1,306,147
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2013

             —          —          (9,250     —          —          —          —          —           —          (9,250
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Company has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses, administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

173


Table of Contents

12. Intangible Assets, Continued

 

Changes in intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                                                     
            Intellectual
property
rights
    Software     Member-
ships
    Develop-
ment
costs
    Construction-
in-progress
(software)
    Customer
relation-
ships
    Tech-
nology
    Good-
will
     Others
(*2)
    Total  

Acquisition cost as of
January 1, 2012

             523,849        357,121        50,077        361,223        10,819        24,011        11,074        14,593         13,076        1,365,843   

Accumulated amortization as of January 1, 2012

        (443,343     (171,804     —          (248,221     —          (5,724     (1,852     —           (10,854     (881,798

Accumulated Impairment loss as of January 1, 2012

        —          —          (4,535     —          —          —          —          —           —          (4,535
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of January 1, 2012

        80,506        185,317        45,542        113,002        10,819        18,287        9,222        14,593         2,222        479,510   

Additions-internally developed

        —          —          —          198,225        —          —          —          —           —          198,225   

Other additions

        19,046        —          156        —          61,058        —          —          —           —          80,260   

Amortization (*1)

        (13,356     (105,046     —          (142,051     —          (3,440     (1,106     —           (940     (265,939

Impairment loss

        —          —          (3,393     —          —          —          —          —           —          (3,393

Transfer from
construction-in-progress

        —          69,673        —          —          (69,673     —          —          —           —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value as of December 31, 2012

             86,196        149,944        42,305        169,176        2,204        14,847        8,116        14,593         1,282        488,663   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition cost as of
December 31, 2012

             542,895        423,125        50,233        495,120        2,204        24,011        11,074        14,593         13,076        1,576,331   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2012

             (456,699     (273,181     —          (325,944     —          (9,164     (2,958     —           (11,794     (1,079,740
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment loss as of December 31, 2012

             —          —          (7,928     —          —          —          —          —           —          (7,928
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*1) The Company has classified the amortization as manufacturing overhead costs, selling expenses and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses.
(*2) Others mainly consist of rights to use of electricity and gas supply facilities.

 

174


Table of Contents

13. Financial Instruments

(a) Credit Risk

(i) Exposure to credit risk

The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Cash and cash equivalents

             253,059         1,400,566   

Trade accounts and notes receivable, net

        3,543,193         4,548,459   

Other accounts receivable, net

        59,806         101,337   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        2,838         2,838   

Other non-current financial assets

        8,831         11,259   

Deposits

        15,282         56,019   

Deposits in banks

        1,301,176         315,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             5,184,185         6,435,478   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition to the financial assets above, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company provides payment guarantees of ₩7,387 million and ₩15,124 million, respectively, for its subsidiaries.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date by geographic region is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Domestic

             264,703         205,454   

Euro-zone countries

        286,445         529,138   

Japan

        116,994         167,242   

United States

        1,236,652         1,790,401   

China

        987,746         1,307,759   

Taiwan

        422,461         257,793   

Others

        228,192         290,672   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,543,193         4,548,459   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

175


Table of Contents

13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(ii) Impairment loss

The aging of trade accounts and notes receivable at the reporting date was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
            Book value      Impairment
loss
    Book value      Impairment
loss
 

Not past due

             3,551,096         (9,890     4,528,302         (235

Past due 1-15 days

        1,650         (4     5,927         (2

Past due 16-30 days

        112         (1     9,531         (1

Past due 31-60 days

        53         (1     2,154         (3

Past due more than 60 days

        180         (2     2,788         (2
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,553,091         (9,898     4,548,702         (243
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of receivables for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Balance at the beginning of the year

             243         54   

Bad debt expense

        9,655         189   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

             9,898         243   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

176


Table of Contents

13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(b) Liquidity Risk

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments, as of December 31, 2013.

 

(In millions of won)                  Contractual cash flows  
            Carrying
amount
     Total      6 months
or less
     6-12
months
     1-2 years      2-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Non-derivative financial liabilities

                       

Secured bank loan

             26,383         26,666         26,666         —           —           —           —     

Unsecured bank loans

        1,220,891         1,307,312         41,922         215,193         307,146         741,754         1,297   

Unsecured bond issues

        2,634,415         2,879,462         356,430         389,800         686,574         1,446,658         —     

Trade accounts and notes payables

        3,482,120         3,482,120         3,482,120         —           —           —           —     

Other accounts payable

        1,011,012         1,011,012         1,008,352         2,660         —           —           —     

Other non-current liabilities

        9,850         10,556         —           —           5,320         5,236         —     

Payment guarantee

        —           7,387         7,387         —           —           —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             8,384,671         8,724,515         4,922,877         607,653         999,040         2,193,648         1,297   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

It is not expected that the cash flows included in the maturity analysis could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

 

177


Table of Contents

13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

(c) Currency Risk

(i) Exposure to currency risk

The Company’s exposure to foreign currency risk based on notional amounts at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2013  
     USD     JPY     PLN      EUR  

Cash and cash equivalents

     199        1,927        1         4   

Deposits in banks

     —          —          —           20   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     3,091        6,390        —           19   

Other accounts receivable

     7        —          —           —     

Long-term other accounts receivable

     8        —          —           —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     —          51        —           —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (2,703     (24,532     —           —     

Other accounts payable

     (153     (3,210     —           (6

Debts

     (700     —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net exposure

     (251     (19,374     1         37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In millions)    December 31, 2012  
     USD     JPY     CNY     PLN      EUR  

Cash and cash equivalents

     696        7,508        5        1         47   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

     4,002        6,400        —          —           38   

Other accounts receivable

     17        1        —          —           —     

Other assets denominated in foreign currencies

     —          51        —          —           —     

Trade accounts and notes payable

     (2,857     (31,162     —          —           —     

Other accounts payable

     (248     (12,262     (5     —           (7

Debts

     (870     —          —          —           —     

Bonds

     (349     —          —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net exposure

     391        (29,464     —          1         78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

178


Table of Contents

13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

Significant exchange rates applied during the reporting periods are as follows:

 

(In won)           Average rate             Reporting date spot rate  
            2013      2012             December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

USD

             1,094.79         1,126.88                 1,055.30         1,071.10   

JPY

        11.23         14.13            10.05         12.48   

CNY

        178.06         178.59            174.09         171.88   

PLN

        346.39         346.41            351.11         348.21   

EUR

        1,453.39         1,448.63            1,456.26         1,416.26   

 

  (ii) Sensitivity analysis

A weaker won, as indicated below, against the following currencies which comprise the Company’s assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis is based on foreign currency exchange rate variances that the Company considers to be reasonably possible as of the end of the reporting period. The analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, would remain constant. The changes in equity and profit or loss before tax would have been as follows:

 

(In millions of won)          2013     2012  
           Equity     Profit
or loss
    Equity     Profit
or loss
 

USD (5 percent weakening)

            (10,039     (10,039     15,873        15,873   

JPY (5 percent weakening)

       (7,377     (7,377     (13,931     (13,931

PLN (5 percent weakening)

       13        13        13        13   

EUR (5 percent weakening)

       2,042        2,042        4,187        4,187   

A stronger won against the above currencies as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 would have had the equal but opposite effect on the above currencies to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all other variables remain constant.

 

  (d) Interest Rate Risk

 

  (i) Profile

The interest rate profile of the Company’s interest-bearing financial instruments at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Fixed rate instruments

       

Financial assets

             1,557,073        1,718,404   

Financial liabilities

        (3,135,500     (3,044,050
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
             (1,578,427     (1,325,646
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Variable rate instruments

       

Financial liabilities

             (746,189     (1,368,112
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Equity and profit or loss sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, a change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below for the respective following years. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant.

 

(In millions of won)          Equity      Profit or loss  
           1%
increase
    1%
decrease
     1%
increase
    1%
decrease
 

December 31, 2013

           

Variable rate instruments

            (5,656     5,656         (5,656     5,656   

December 31, 2012

           

Variable rate instruments

            (10,370     10,370         (10,370     10,370   

 

  (e) Fair Values

 

  (i) Fair values versus carrying amounts

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the separate statement of financial position, are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  
            Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
     Carrying
amounts
     Fair
values
 

Assets carried at fair value

              

Available-for-sale financial assets

             14,119         14,119         13,343         13,343   

Assets carried at amortized cost

              

Cash and cash equivalents

             253,059         253,059         1,400,566         1,400,566   

Deposits in banks

        1,301,176         1,301,176         315,000         315,000   

Trade accounts and notes receivable

        3,543,193         3,543,193         4,548,459         4,548,459   

Other accounts receivable

        59,806         59,806         101,337         101,337   

Other non-current financial assets

        8,831         8,831         11,259         11,259   

Deposits

        15,282         15,282         56,019         56,019   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             5,181,347         5,181,347         6,432,640         6,432,640   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

              

Secured bank loans

             26,383         26,383         53,555         53,555   

Unsecured bank loans

        1,220,891         1,245,426         1,740,003         1,779,819   

Unsecured bond issues

        2,634,415         2,689,697         2,618,604         2,677,038   

Trade accounts and notes payable

        3,482,120         3,482,120         4,386,383         4,386,383   

Other accounts payable

        1,011,012         1,011,067         2,479,772         2,479,772   

Other non-current liabilities

        9,850         9,930         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             8,384,671         8,464,623         11,278,317         11,376,567   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The basis for determining fair values is disclosed in note 4.

 

180


Table of Contents
13. Financial Instruments, Continued

 

  (ii) Interest rates used for determining fair value

The significant interest rates applied for determination of the above fair value at the reporting date are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Debentures, loans and borrowings

     2.99     3.69

 

  (iii) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyzes financial instruments carried at fair value based on the input variables used in the valuation method to measure fair value of assets and liabilities. The different levels have been defined as follows:

 

    Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

    Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

    Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

The financial instruments carried at fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                   
            Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2013

              

Assets

              

Available-for-sale financial assets

             14,119         —           —           14,119   

 

(In millions of won)                                   
            Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 31, 2012

              

Assets

              

Available-for-sale financial assets

             13,343         —           —           13,343   

 

181


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities

 

  (a) Financial liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current

        

Current portion of long-term debt

             886,852         971,577   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

        

Won denominated borrowings

             503,968         807,005   

Foreign currency denominated borrowings

        495,991         589,105   

Bonds

        1,994,878         2,044,475   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             2,994,837         3,440,585   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Long-term debt at the reporting date is as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD)

 

Lender

   Annual interest rate as of
December 31, 2013 (*)
          December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Local currency loans

          

Shinhan Bank and others

   3-year Korean Treasury
Bond rate less 1.25%, 2.75%
             11,932        16,629   

Korea Development Bank and others

   4.51%~4.96%         496,632        845,072   

Less current portion of long-term debt

           (4,596     (54,696
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
                503,968        807,005   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency loans

          

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

   —                —          26,777   

Kookmin Bank and others

   3ML+0.90%~2.25%,
6ML+1.78%,
        738,710        905,080   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

           USD 700        USD 870   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

           (242,719     (342,752
        

 

 

   

 

 

 
                495,991        589,105   
        

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) ML represents Month LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offered Rates).

 

182


Table of Contents
14. Financial Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Details of debentures issued and outstanding at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, USD and JPY)    Maturity    Annual interest rate
as of
December 31, 2013
         December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Local currency debentures (*)

            

Publicly issued debentures

   April 2014~

November 2018

   2.90%~5.89%             2,640,000        2,250,000   

Less discount on debentures

             (5,585     (5,579

Less current portion of debentures

             (639,537     (199,946
          

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  1,994,878        2,044,475   
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency debentures

            

Floating-rate bonds

                  —          374,885   
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency equivalent

             —          USD 350   
             —       
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less discount on bonds

             —          (702

Less current portion of bonds

             —          (374,183
          

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  —          —     
          

 

 

   

 

 

 
                  1,994,878        2,044,475   
          

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(*) Principal of the local currency debentures is to be repaid at maturity and interests are paid quarterly in arrears.

 

183


Table of Contents
15. The Nature of Expenses and Others

The classification of expenses by nature for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Changes in inventories

             361,303         (35,236

Purchases of raw materials, merchandise and others

        11,578,556         14,873,603   

Depreciation and amortization

        3,611,505         4,212,783   

Outsourcing fees

        3,852,996         3,992,309   

Labor costs

        2,191,521         2,040,044   

Supplies and others

        917,010         758,544   

Utility

        694,407         631,087   

Fees and commissions

        365,780         342,550   

Shipping costs

        222,770         372,050   

Advertising

        144,777         103,997   

After-sale service expenses

        99,216         78,502   

Travel

        50,921         43,461   

Taxes and dues

        43,646         38,329   

Others

        1,243,107         1,072,229   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             25,377,515         28,524,252   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expenses consist of cost of sales, selling, administrative, research and development expenses and other non-operating expenses, excluding foreign exchange differences.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, other non-operating income and other non-operating expenses contained exchange differences amounting to ₩829,122 million and ₩754,227 million, respectively (for the year ended December 31, 2012 : ₩933,035 million and ₩795,897 million, respectively) (note 25).

The expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 were reclassified to conform to the classification for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

184


Table of Contents
16. Selling and Administrative Expenses

Details of selling and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013      2012  

Salaries

             151,023         133,626   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

        21,454         19,633   

Other employee benefits

        29,988         26,544   

Shipping costs

        170,450         299,210   

Fees and commissions

        130,863         121,893   

Depreciation

        80,719         95,993   

Taxes and dues

        2,256         2,365   

Advertising

        144,777         103,997   

After-sale service

        99,216         78,502   

Rent

        9,346         9,214   

Insurance

        5,168         5,999   

Travel

        15,265         12,774   

Training

        10,516         11,476   

Others

        38,826         25,592   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             909,867         946,818   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17. Employee Benefits

The Company’s defined benefit plan provides a lump-sum payment to an employee based on final salary rates and length of service at the time the employee leaves the Company.

The defined benefit plans expose the Company to actuarial risks, such as the risk associated with expected periods of service, interest rate risk, market (investment) risk, and others with the defined benefit plan.

 

  (a) Recognized liabilities for defined benefit obligations at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           December 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Present value of partially funded defined benefit obligations

             807,347        672,032   

Fair value of plan assets

        (488,651     (491,730
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
             318,696        180,302   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

185


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (b) Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013     2012  

Opening defined benefit obligations

             672,032        486,519   

Current service cost

        149,392        129,511   

Interest cost

        26,019        22,909   

Remeasurements (before tax)

        (1,373     75,921   

Benefit payments

        (40,730     (40,230

Transfers from related parties

        2,007        (2,598
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing defined benefit obligations

             807,347        672,032   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining maturity of defined benefit obligations as of December 31, 2013, and 2012 are 13.4 years and 13.8 years, respectively.

 

  (c) Changes in fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013     2012  

Opening fair value of plan assets

             491,730        340,253   

Expected return on plan assets

        16,545        14,190   

Remeasurements (before tax)

        6        199   

Contributions by employer directly to plan assets

        15,000        160,000   

Benefit payments

        (34,630     (22,912
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing fair value of plan assets

             488,651        491,730   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (d) Plan assets at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          December 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Guaranteed deposits in banks

             488,651         491,730   

As of December 31, 2013, the Company maintains the plan assets with Mirae Asset Securities Co., Ltd., Shinhan Bank, etc.

The Company’s estimated contribution to the plan assets for the year ending December 31, 2014 is ₩111,829 under the assumption that the Company continues to maintain the plan assets at 70% of the amount payable if all the employees of the Company would leave the Company on December 31, 2014.

 

186


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

  (e) Expenses recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          2013      2012  

Current service cost

             149,392         129,511   

Net interest cost

        9,474         8,719   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             158,866         138,230   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses are recognized in the following line items in the separate statements of comprehensive income.

 

(In millions of won)

 

          2013      2012  

Cost of sales

             126,712         108,802   

Selling expenses

        10,194         9,480   

Administrative expenses

        11,260         10,153   

Research and development expenses

        10,700         9,795   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             158,866         138,230   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (f) Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset) included in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          2013     2012  

Included in other comprehensive income

       

Balance at January 1

             (86,306     (28,909

Remeasurements

       

Actuarial profit or loss arising from:

       

Experience adjustment

        (33,447     (34,372

Demographic assumptions

        (3,791     (19,939

Financial assumptions

        38,611        (21,610

Return on plan assets

        6        199   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,379        (75,722
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

        (334     18,325   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

             (85,261     (86,306
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (g) Principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as weighted averages) are as follows:

 

     December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Expected rate of salary increase

     5.1     5.1

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

     4.4     4.0

 

187


Table of Contents
17. Employee Benefits, Continued

 

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current mortality underlying the values of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

          December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Twenties

   Males      0.01     0.01
   Females      0.00     0.00

Thirties

   Males      0.01     0.02
   Females      0.01     0.01

Forties

   Males      0.03     0.04
   Females      0.01     0.02

Fifties

   Males      0.06     0.08
   Females      0.03     0.04

 

  (h) Reasonably possible changes to respective relevant actuarial assumptions would have affected the defined benefit obligations by the amounts as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

            Defined benefit obligation  
            1% increase     1% decrease  

Discount rate for defined benefit obligations

             (93,695     113,664   

Expected rate of salary increase

        111,877        (94,103

 

188


Table of Contents
18. Provisions and Other Liabilities

Changes in provisions for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                                 
            Litigations
and claims
(*1)
    Warranties
(*2)
    Others      Total  

Balance of January 1, 2013

        200,589        54,155        1,526         256,270   

Additions

        234,944        99,216        317         334,477   

Usage and reclassification

             (278,976     (107,029     —           (386,005
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

        156,557        46,342        1,843         204,742   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Thereof current

        156,557        41,337        1,843         199,737   

Thereof non-current

        —          5,005        —           5,005   

 

  (*1) The Company expects that the provision for litigation and claims will be utilized in the next year.
  (*2) The provision for warranties covers defective products and is normally applicable for eighteen months from the date of purchase. The warranty liability is calculated by using historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and costs per claim to satisfy the Company’s warranty obligation.

Other liabilities at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Current liabilities

        

Withholdings

             26,111         21,664   

Unearned revenues

        4,732         4,732   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             30,843         26,396   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Long-term accrued expenses

             335,034         318,219   

Long-term other accounts payable

        39,530         —     

Long-term unearned revenues

        7,494         12,226   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             382,058         330,445   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

189


Table of Contents
19. Commitments

Factoring and securitization of accounts receivable

The Company has agreements with Korea Development Bank and several other banks for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to an aggregate of USD 1,713 million (₩1,808,235 million) and JPY 5,000 million (₩50,233 million) in connection with the Company’s export sales transactions with its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2013, no accounts and notes receivable were sold but are not past due. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Company has sold its accounts receivable with recourse.

The Company has a credit facility agreement with Shinhan Bank pursuant to which the Company could sell its accounts receivables up to an aggregate of ₩100,000 million in connection with its domestic sales transactions and, as of December 31, 2013, no accounts and notes receivable were sold but not past due. In addition, the Company entered into agreements with Standard Chartered Bank for accounts receivable sales negotiating facilities of up to USD 50 million (₩52,765 million) and USD 23 million (₩24,272 million), in April 2011 and November 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, no accounts and notes receivables sold to Standard Chartered Bank were outstanding in connection with these agreements. In connection with all of the contracts in this paragraph, the Company has sold its accounts receivable without recourse.

Letters of credit

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has agreements with Korea Exchange Bank in relation to the opening of letters of credit up to USD 15 million (₩15,830 million), USD 15 million (₩15,830 million) with China Construction Bank, JPY 1,000 million (₩10,047 million) with Woori Bank, USD 100 million (₩105,530 million) with Bank of China, USD 60 million (₩63,318 million) with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, USD 30 million (₩31,659 million) with Hana Bank, and USD 30 million (₩31,659 million) with Shinhan Bank.

Payment guarantees

The Company obtained payment guarantees amounting to USD 8.5 million (₩8,970 million) and EUR 215 million (₩313,096 million) from Royal Bank of Scotland and other various banks for a number of occasions including value added tax payments in Poland. In addition, the Company provides a payment guarantee in connection with the term loan credit facilities of LG Display America, Inc. with an aggregate amount of USD 7 million (₩7,387 million) for principals and related interests.

License agreements

As of December 31, 2013, in relation to its TFT-LCD business, the Company has technical license agreements with Hitachi Display, Ltd. and others and has a trademark license agreement with LG Corp.

Long-term supply agreement

In connection with long-term supply agreements, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s balance of advances received from a customer amount to USD 980 million (₩1,034,194 million) in aggregate. The advances received will be offset against outstanding accounts receivable balances after a given period of time, as well as those arising from the supply of products thereafter. The Company received a payment guarantee amounting to USD 200 million (₩211,060 million) from the Industrial Bank of Korea relating to advances received.

 

190


Table of Contents
19. Commitments, Continued

 

Pledged Assets

Regarding the secured bank loan amounting to USD 25 million (₩26,383 million) from the Export-Import Bank of Korea, the Company provided part of its OLED manufacturing machinery as pledged assets.

 

20. Contingencies

Anvik Corporation’s lawsuit for infringement of patent

In 2007, Anvik Corporation filed a patent infringement case against the Company, along with other LCD manufacturing companies in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY district court”), in connection with the usage of photo-masking equipment manufactured by Nikon Corporation. The court granted Nikon Corporation’s motion for summary judgment of invalidity of the patents-in-suit and entered a judgment in favor of Nikon Corporation, the Company and LG Display America, Inc. and other TFT-LCD manufacturing companies, dismissing the case in April 2012. In April 2012, Anvik Corporation appealed the court’s decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“CAFC”). In March 2013, the CAFC has reversed the SDNY district court’s summary judgment ruling and remanded the case back to the district court for further proceedings. However, the Company and Anvik Corporation amicably settled with no payment and the charge was dropped in January 2014.

Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan’s action for patent infringement

In 2012, the United States International Trade Commission (“USITC”) granted a motion by Industrial Technology Research Institute of Taiwan (“ITRI”) to add the Company and LG Display America, Inc. as additional respondents in an investigation under Section 337 of the United States Tariff Act (In the Matter of Certain Devices for Improving Uniformity Used in a Backlight Module and Components Thereof and Products Containing the Same, Investigation No. 337-TA-805). ITRI is seeking an exclusion order which prohibits the importation of televisions and monitors incorporating the Company’s products into the United States for alleged patent infringement. On October 22, 2012, USITC issued a Notice of Initial Determination finding that the Company and LG Display America, Inc. did not infringe the asserted patent of ITRI. On May 17, 2013, USITC issued a final determination finding that the patent was invalid and the Company and LG Display America, Inc. had not infringed ITRI’s patents. Meanwhile, ITRI appealed to the CAFC.

Patent Infringement Litigations and Invalidity Proceedings Between the Company and Samsung Display Co., Ltd. and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

In September 2012, the Company filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against Samsung Display Co., Ltd. (“SSD”) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. (“SSE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to OLED display technology and relevant manufacturing methods and seeking monetary compensation. In December 2012, SSD filed a complaint in the Seoul Central District Court against the Company and LG Electronics Co., Ltd. (“LGE”) claiming infringement of seven patents related to LCD technology and seeking monetary compensation. Each party respectively responded by requesting for an invalidity proceeding over such LCD patents in the Korean Intellectual Property Tribunal. For the amicable settlement, the settlement proceeded under the arbitration of the Korean government and, on September 23, 2013, the Company and Samsung Display withdrew the entire patent infringement litigations and invalidity proceedings and agreed to seek patent cooperation measures through conversation.

 

191


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Patent Infringement Litigations Between the Company and Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC.

In December 2013, Delaware Display Group LLC and Innovative Display Technologies LLC filed a patent infringement case against the Company in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. As of December 31, 2013, the Company could not reasonably estimate the outcome of the case.

Request for arbitration of Arkema France and its subsidiary regarding termination of a contract with the Company

In October 2012, Arkema France (“Arkema”) and its subsidiary filed a request for arbitration in the International Court of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce regarding termination of a contract with the Company. The Company is currently defending against Arkema’s claims.

Anti-trust investigations and litigations

In December 2006, the Company received notices of investigation by the Korea Fair Trade Commission, the Japan Fair Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, and the European Commission with respect to possible anti-competitive activities in the TFT-LCD industry. The Company subsequently received similar notices from the Canadian Bureau of Competition Policy, the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico, the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil and the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission.

In November 2008, the Company executed an agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) whereby the Company and its U.S. subsidiary, LG Display America, Inc. (“LGDUS”), pleaded guilty to a Sherman Antitrust Act violation and agreed to pay a single total fine of USD 400 million. In December 2008, the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California accepted the terms of the plea agreement and entered a judgment against the Company and LGDUS and ordered the payment of USD 400 million. The agreement resolved all federal criminal charges against the Company and LGDUS in the United States in connection with this matter.

In December 2010, the European Commission (“the EC”) issued a decision finding that the Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry in violation of European competition laws and imposed a fine of EUR 215 million. In February 2011, the Company filed with the European Union General Court an application for partial annulment and reduction of the fine imposed by the EC. To date the European Union General Court has not ruled on the Company’s application. In November 2011, the Company received an additional Request for Information from the EC relating to the alleged anti-competitive activities in the LCD industry and is responding to the request.

In November 2009, the Taiwan Fair Trade Commission terminated its investigation without any finding of violations or levying of fines. Also, in February 2012, the Competition Bureau of Canada terminated its investigation against the Company without any finding of violations or levying of fines. To date no decision has been issued by the Japan Fair Trade Commission, and we believe the statutory time period by which the Commission was required to have issued a decision has already lapsed. To date investigations by the Federal Competition Commission of Mexico and the Secretariat of Economic Law of Brazil are ongoing.

In August 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission issued an Examination Report finding that the Company engaged in anti-competitive activities in violation of Korean fair trade laws and a hearing was held in October 2011. In December 2011, the Korea Fair Trade Commission imposed a fine on the Company and certain of its subsidiaries of approximately ₩31,378 million, and the Company filed an appeal of the decision with the Seoul High Court in December 2011. In February 2014, the Seoul High Court annulled the fining decision of the Korea Fair Trade Commission.

 

192


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

Subsequent to the commencement of the DOJ investigation, a number of class action complaints were filed against the Company and other TFT-LCD panel manufacturers in the U.S. and Canada alleging violation of respective antitrust laws and related laws. The class action lawsuits in the U.S. were transferred to the Northern District of California for pretrial proceedings (“MDL Proceedings”). In March 2010, the court certified the class action complaints filed by direct purchasers and indirect purchasers. Seventy-eight entities (including groups of affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the direct purchaser class. The time period for submitting requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class expired on April 13, 2012 and ten entities (including groups and affiliated entities) submitted requests for exclusion from the indirect purchaser class. In addition, since 2010, the attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Illinois, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, New York, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Washington, West Virginia and Wisconsin filed complaints against the Company, alleging similar antitrust violations as alleged in the MDL Proceedings. In June 2011, the Company reached a settlement with the direct purchaser class, which the federal district court approved in December 2011. In July 2012, the Company reached a settlement with the indirect purchaser class and with the state attorneys general of Arkansas, California, Florida, Michigan, Missouri, New York, West Virginia, and Wisconsin, which was approved by the federal district court in April 2013. In March 2013, the Oklahoma attorney general dismissed its action as to the Company pursuant to a settlement agreement.

Apart from the direct and indirect purchaser class actions, individual plaintiffs filed complaints in various state or federal courts in the United States alleging violation of the respective antitrust laws and related laws by various LCD panel manufacturers. To date the Company is defending against twenty one Direct Action Plaintiffs including Motorola Mobility, Inc., Electrograph Technologies Corp. and its affiliates, TracFone Wireless Inc., Costco Wholesale Corp., Office Depot, Inc., Interbond Corp. of America (BrandsMart), P.C. Richard & Son Long Island Corp., MARTA Cooperative of America, Inc., ABC Appliance (ABC Warehouse), Schultze Agency Services, LLC (Tweeter), AASI Creditor Liquidating Trust for All American Semiconductor Inc., Tech Data Corp. and its affiliate, CompuCom Systems, Inc., NECO Alliance LLC, Proview Technology, Inc. and its affiliates, Acer America Corp. and its affiliates, and the attorneys general of Illinois, Washington, Oregon, South Carolina, and Mississippi.

In Canada, the Ontario Superior Court of Justice certified the class action complaints filed by the direct and indirect purchasers in May 2011. The Company is pursuing an appeal of the decision as well as defending the on-going class actions in Quebec and British Columbia.

In Israel, the class action complaints were filed in the Central District Court in December 2013. The Company is in the preparation of the response.

While the Company continues its vigorous defense of the various pending proceedings described above, there is a possibility that one or more proceedings may result in an unfavorable outcome to the Company. For certain cases described above, management is not able to estimate the potential loss if the final outcome of the cases is unfavorable to the Company as the cases are in early stage and management does not have sufficient information to estimate the amount of possible loss. Otherwise the Company has established provisions with respect to certain of the contingencies, considering factors such as the nature of the litigation, claim, or assessment, the progress of the case and the opinions or views of legal counsel and other advisers. These estimates have been based on our assessment of the facts and circumstances and are subject to change materially based upon new information, intervening events and the final outcome of the cases.

 

193


Table of Contents
20. Contingencies, Continued

 

The Decision of the Supreme Court of Korea in Ordinary Wages

In December 2013, the Supreme Court of Korea ruled that all fixed payments such as bonuses and allowances that have been uniformly provided to employees on a regular basis must now be included when calculating the employee’s ordinary wage. Accordingly, if regular bonuses are included in ordinary wages, it may impact the amount of overtime payment, allowance for night work and others. Even though the employees could retrospectively claim for the payments for the past based on ordinary wages including regular bonuses in accordance with the Supreme Court’s decision, employees’ claim for underpayment could not be accepted if the principles of good faith are applied. The Supreme Court expressly noted that if an employer is able to prove that there is an agreement of the wage system between the employer and the labor union stipulating that the regular bonuses are excluded from ordinary wage, and that paying employees for the past due to employees’ claim for the invalidity of the agreement will cause a substantial detriment to the management or major threat to the existence of the Company due to unexpected financial burden as a result of having to pay employees, employees’ retrospective claim for underpayment could not be accepted. For the Company, prior to the ruling, there was an agreement of the wage system between the employer and the labor union stipulating that the regular bonuses are excluded from ordinary wage and the management believes that paying employees for the past based on ordinary wages including regular bonuses will cause a substantial detriment to the Company due to unexpected financial burden to the Company. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the decision of the Supreme Court of Korea, the Company believes that the possibility of an outflow of economic benefit is remote.

 

194


Table of Contents
21. Capital and Reserves

(a) Share capital

The Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of capital stock (par value ₩5,000), and as of December 31, 2013, the number of issued common shares is 357,815,700. There have been no changes in the capital stock from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

 

  (b) Reserves

Reserve is comprised of the fair value reserve which is the cumulative net change in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets until the investments are derecognized or impaired.

 

22. Retained Earnings

 

  (a) Retained earnings at the reporting date are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  

Legal reserve

             140,594        140,594   

Other reserve

        68,251        68,251   

Defined benefit plan actuarial loss

        (85,261     (86,306

Retained earnings

        5,598,954        5,499,282   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
             5,722,538        5,621,821   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (b) For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, details of the Company’s appropriations of retained earnings are as follows:

 

(In millions of won, except for cash dividend per common stock)                     
            2013      2012  

Retained earnings before appropriations

        

Unappropriated retained earnings carried over from prior year

             5,499,282         5,470,733   

Net income

        99,672         28,549   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        5,598,954         5,499,282   

Appropriation of retained earnings (*)

        —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unappropriated retained earnings carried forward to the following year

             5,598,954         5,499,282   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(*) For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the date of appropriation is March 7, 2014 and March 8, 2013, respectively.

 

195


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties

(a) Related parties

Related parties for the year ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Level    Description

 

  

 

Subsidiaries(*)

  

LG Display America, Inc. and others

Associates and joint ventures(*)

  

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd. and others

Subsidiaries of Associates

  

ADP System Co., Ltd.

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

  

LG Electronics Inc.

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

  

Subsidiaries of LG Electronics Inc.

 

(*) Details of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are described in note 10.

Related parties that have transactions such as sales or balance of trade accounts and notes receivable and payable with the Company excluding subsidiaries, associates, and joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

Level   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiaries of Associates

 

ADP System Co., Ltd.

 

ADP System Co., Ltd.

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

 

LG Electronics Inc.

 

LG Electronics Inc.

 

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

 

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

 

Hiplaza Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

 

Hi Entech Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

 

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

 

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

 

Hanuri Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics Shenyang Inc.

 

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

 

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

 

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

 

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

 

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

 

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

 

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

 

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

 

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

 
 

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

 
 

LG Electronics (Kunshan) Computer Co., Ltd.

 
 

LG Electronics (Hangzhou) Co., Ltd.

 
 

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

 

 

 

196


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(b) Key management personnel compensation

Compensation costs of key management for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Short-term benefits

             2,591         1,567   

Expenses related to the defined benefit plan

        1,139         173   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,730         1,740   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management refers to the registered directors who have significant control and responsibilities over the Company’s operations and business.

 

  (c) Significant transactions such as sales of goods and purchases of raw material and outsourcing service and others, which occurred in the normal course of business with related parties for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           2013  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Subsidiaries

                 

LG Display America, Inc.

             7,781,246         51         —           —           9   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

        2,018,780         —           —           —           18   

LG Display Germany GmbH

        3,547,947         106         —           —           1,611   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

        2,062,541         17         —           —           350   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

        3,543         52         —           449,075         —     

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

        2,752,610         2         —           —           257   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

        1,177         96         —           82,375         128   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

        —           17,373         —           2,230,559         4,184   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

        2,230,943         —           —           —           36   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

        27,076         4,673         —           461,919         836   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited.

        26,932         —           —           8,199         —     

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

        97,940         —           —           —           —     

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

        1,382,368         44         —           —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

        446,754         10         —           —           —     

Image&Materials, Inc.

        —           —           189         —           —     

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

        —           —           —           —           4,865   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             22,379,857         22,424         189         3,232,127         12,294   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

197


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2013  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Joint Venture

                 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             493,701         —           —           166,571         2   

Associates and their subsidiaries

                 

New Optics Ltd.

             —           76,929         —           2,470         6,315   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

        —           666         8,743         —           3,102   

TLI Inc.

        —           58,881         —           —           1,473   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

        —           665         44,040         —           4,712   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

        292         23         —           61,738         3,897   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

        —           734,714         —           —           4,713   

LB Gemini New Growth Fund No. 16

        880         —           —           —           —     

Narenanotech Corporation

        300         328         2,061         —           412   

Glonix Co., Ltd

        —           5,209         —           —           115   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

        —           924         1,524         —           692   

YAS Co., Ltd.

        —           1,941         82,483         —           855   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,472         880,280         138,851         64,208         26,286   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

                 

LG Electronics Inc.

             1,350,965         39,237         208,531         —           38,204   

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

                 

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

             108,084         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

        42,366         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

        69,674         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Nanjing Display Co., Ltd.

        6,010         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

        9,622         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

        9,909         —           —           —           —     

 

198


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2013  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

        41         —           —           —           30,611   

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

        —           —           —           —           3,182   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

        6,139         448,794         —           —           5,109   

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

        —           6,442         —           —           161   

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

        —           5,937         —           —           —     

LG Hitachi Water Solutions Co., Ltd.

        —           —           29,344         —           —     

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

        23,714         —           —           —           —     

Others

        132         2,229         —           —           1,118   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             275,691         463,402         29,344         —           40,181   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             24,501,686         1,405,343         376,915         3,462,906         116,967   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)           2012  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Subsidiaries

                 

LG Display America, Inc.

             9,195,871         112         —           —           1,276   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

        1,420,333         —           —           —           90   

LG Display Germany GmbH

        4,315,182         186         —           —           907   

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

        2,593,732         215         —           —           616   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

        61,997         39         1,984         608,641         —     

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

        3,635,125         1         —           —           156   

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

        1,997         75         426         91,115         227   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

        16,428         15,097         4,896         2,678,833         753   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

        2,537,800         —           —           —           2   

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

        5,294         3,395         —           372,097         1,124   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited.

        53,236         5,320         —           —           —     

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

        95,223         —           —           —           —     

 

199


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2012  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

        1,291,026         —           —           —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

        5         —           —           —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

        506,164         —           —           —           —     

Image&Materials, Inc.

        —           —           —           —           64   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

        179         —           —           —           —     

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

        —           —           —           —           713   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             25,729,592         24,440         7,306         3,750,686         5,928   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Joint Venture

                 

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

             663,297         —           —           147,880         24   

Associates and their subsidiaries

                 

New Optics Ltd.

             8         164,152         —           —           6,426   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

        —           2,165         25,607         —           2,691   

TLI Inc.

        —           54,829         —           —           843   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

        204         719         88,510         —           4,993   

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

        —           —           —           7,580         2,529   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

        —           1,052,850         —           —           6,667   

Narenanotech Corporation

        —           358         39,027         —           12,624   

Glonix Co., Ltd

        —           525         —           —           3,149   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

        —           454         9         —           179   

YAS Co., Ltd.

        —           —           28         —           102   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             212         1,276,052         153,181         7,580         40,203   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

                 

LG Electronics Inc.

             723,832         61,233         148,665         —           22,045   

 

200


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)           2012  
            Sales
and others
     Purchase of
raw material
and others
     Acquisition of
property, plant
and equipment
     Outsourcing
fees
     Others  

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

                 

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

             116,974         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

        36,738         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

        86,944         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

        17,446         —           —           —           —     

LG Electronics do Brasil Ltda.

        28,840         —           —           —           —     

Hi Business Logistics Co., Ltd.

        41         —           —           —           24,356   

Hi Logistics Europe B.V.

        —           —           —           —           8,676   

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

        10,205         401,458         —           —           4,462   

LG Innotek Poland Sp. z o.o.

        —           23,024         —           —           —     

LG Innotek (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.

        —           3,952         —           —           —     

Others

        100         3,041         —           —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             297,288         431,475         —           —           37,494   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             27,414,221         1,793,200         309,152         3,906,146         105,694   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the amendment of K-IFRS No. 1110, related parties’ consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 are restated. Accordingly, relevant related parties’ transaction amounts and accounts balances for the year ended December 31, 2012 are revised.

 

201


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

  (d) Trade accounts and notes receivable and payable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

Subsidiaries

              

LG Display America, Inc.

        1,211,404         1,747,339         1         8   

LG Display Japan Co., Ltd.

        117,041         167,051         4         1,283   

LG Display Germany GmbH

        285,711         518,208         861         —     

LG Display Taiwan Co., Ltd.

        421,799         258,541         18,960         3,067   

LG Display Nanjing Co., Ltd.

        439         783         57,614         43,749   

LG Display Shanghai Co., Ltd.

        401,209         685,034         14         —     

LG Display Poland Sp. z o.o.

        197         324         12,426         13,554   

LG Display Guangzhou Co., Ltd.

        620         2,022         754,373         713,930   

LG Display Shenzhen Co., Ltd.

        340,174         337,410         5         —     

LG Display Yantai Co., Ltd.

        614         1,300         120,468         188,534   

LUCOM Display Technology (Kunshan) Limited

        41         14,846         4,889         25,645   

LG Display U.S.A. Inc.

        15,154         29,675         —           —     

LG Display Singapore Pte. Ltd.

        117,513         129,669         —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Xiamen) Limited

        20,066         13,725         —           —     

L&T Display Technology (Fujian) Limited

        79,701         73,246         198,968         149,311   

L&I Electronic Technology (Dongguan) Limited

        —           38         —           —     

Nanumnuri Co., Ltd.

        —           —           806         281   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,011,683         3,979,211         1,169,389         1,139,362   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Joint Venture

              

Suzhou Raken Technology Co., Ltd.

        66,855         92,870         104,119         168,620   

Associates and their subsidiaries

              

New Optics Ltd.

             —           —           8,998         26,807   

LIG ADP Co., Ltd.

        —           —           1,649         29,714   

TLI Inc.

        —           —           10,418         4,036   

AVACO Co., Ltd.

        —           —           15,291         83,756   

 

202


Table of Contents
23. Related Parties, Continued

 

(In millions of won)              
            Trade accounts and notes receivable
and others
     Trade accounts and notes payable
and others
 
            December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012      December 31, 2013      December 31, 2012  

AVATEC Co., Ltd.

        —           —           10,041         5,523   

Paju Electric Glass Co., Ltd.

        —           —           108,379         168,845   

Narenanotech Corporation

        —           —           1,766         43,022   

Glonix Co., Ltd.

        —           —           1,987         503   

ADP System Co., Ltd.

        —           —           1,410         585   

YAS Co., Ltd.

        —           —           17,156         863   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             —           —           177,095         363,654   

Entity that has significant influence over the Company

              

LG Electronics Inc.

             239,504         161,205         74,085         63,645   

Subsidiaries of the entity that has significant influence over the Company

              

LG Electronics India Pvt. Ltd.

             7,414         4,181         —           —     

LG Electronics Vietnam Co., Ltd.

        8,827         9,413         —           —     

LG Electronics Thailand Co., Ltd.

        10,141         13,342         —           —     

LG Electronics RUS, LLC

        227         5,985         —           —     

LG Innotek Co., Ltd.

        3         563         84,727         111,851   

Qingdao LG Inspur Digital Communication Co., Ltd.

        22,948         —           —           —     

Others

        748         3,036         7,068         11,623   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             50,308         36,520         91,795         123,474   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
             3,368,350         4,269,806         1,616,483         1,858,755   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As a result of the amendment of K-IFRS No. 1110, related parties’ consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 are restated. Accordingly, relevant related parties’ transaction amounts and accounts balances for the year ended December 31, 2012 are revised.

 

203


Table of Contents
24. Revenue

Details of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Sales of goods

             25,791,484         28,518,092   

Royalties

        19,405         37,783   

Others

        43,294         116,480   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             25,854,183         28,672,355   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25. Other Non-operating Income and Other Non-operating Expenses

(a) Details of other non-operating income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Rental income

             4,072         4,419   

Foreign currency gain

        829,122         933,035   

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        8,258         5,886   

Reversal of impairment on intangible assets

        296         —     

Commission earned

        3,596         3,946   

Others

        5,526         8,466   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             850,870         955,752   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

(b) Details of other non-operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Other bad debt expense

             29         88   

Foreign currency loss

        754,227         795,897   

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        621         1,391   

Loss on disposal of intangible assets

        452         —     

Impairment loss on intangible assets

        1,626         3,393   

Donations

        16,267         15,300   

Expenses related to legal proceedings or claims and others

        257,887         458,203   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             1,031,109         1,274,272   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

204


Table of Contents
26. Personnel Expenses

Details of personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Salaries and wages

             1,795,049         1,679,390   

Other employee benefits

        272,981         263,013   

Contributions to National Pension plan

        61,788         59,332   

Expenses related to defined benefit plan

        158,866         138,230   

Reversal of stock compensation cost

        —           (3
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             2,288,684         2,139,962   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

27. Finance Income and Finance Costs

 

  (a) Finance income and costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

                    
            2013      2012  

Finance income

        

Interest income

             29,754         22,183   

Dividend income

        14,582         55,800   

Foreign currency gain

        22,762         116,307   

Gain on sale of investments

        38         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             67,136         194,290   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

        

Interest expense

             161,930         182,776   

Foreign currency loss

        75,797         63,844   

Loss on impairment of available-for-sale securities

        —           6,392   

Loss on disposal of available-for-sale securities

        —           4,330   

Loss on early redemption of debt

        2,179         —     

Loss on redemption of debentures

        —           1,524   

Loss on impairment of investments

        12,823         50,980   

Loss on disposal of investments

        1,161         —     

Loss on sale of trade accounts and notes receivable

        132         225   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
             254,022         310,071   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Finance income and costs recognized in other comprehensive income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            2013     2012  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale financial assets

             776        4,025   

Tax effect

        (188     (974
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income recognized in other comprehensive income after tax

             588        3,051   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

205


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes

(a) Details of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                     
            2013      2012  

Current tax expense

        

Current year

             4,762         3,076   

Adjustment for prior years

        31,809         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        36,571         3,076   

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

        34,813         (37,017

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

        215,369         197,569   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        250,182         160,552   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

             286,753         163,628   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (b) Income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)              
            2013  
            Before tax      Tax (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale securities

             776         (188     588   

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset)

        1,379         (334     1,045   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
             2,155         (522     1,633   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(In millions of won)              
            2012  
            Before tax     Tax (expense)
benefit
    Net of tax  

Gain on valuation of available-for-sale Securities

             4,025        (974     3,051   

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset)

        (75,722     18,325        (57,397
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
             (71,697     17,351        (54,346
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

206


Table of Contents
28. Income Taxes, Continued

 

(c) Reconciliation of the actual effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)

 

          2013     2012  

Profit for the year

               99,672          28,549   

Income tax expense

          286,753          163,628   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Profit before income tax

          386,425          192,177   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate

        24.20     93,515        24.20     46,507   

Non-deductible expenses

        1.94     7,495        8.22     15,790   

Tax credits

        (12.95 %)      (50,032     (50.32 %)      (96,708

Change in unrecognized deferred tax assets

        55.73     215,369        102.81     197,569   

Adjustment for prior years

        4.37     16,877        —          —     

Others

        0.91     3,529        0.24     470   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

               286,753          163,628   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Actual effective tax rate

          74.21       85.14

 

29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

  (a) Unrecognized deferred tax liabilities

As of December 31, 2013, in relation to the temporary differences on investments in subsidiaries amounting to ₩211,423 million, the Company did not recognize deferred tax liabilities since the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 

  (b) Unrecognized deferred tax assets

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the tax basis of the Company’s investment in one subsidiary is greater than its financial statement carrying amount, which gave rise to deductible temporary differences amounting to ₩428,524 million and ₩431,407 million, respectively. The Company did not recognize deferred tax assets for these temporary differences because the possibility for these differences to reverse,, through events such as disposing of the related investments in the foreseeable future, is less than probable.

 

207


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (c) Unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized

Realization of deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards is dependent on whether sufficient taxable income will be generated prior to their expiration. As of December 31, 2013, the Company recognized deferred tax assets of ₩538,289 million, in relation to tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that management believes the realization is probable. The amount of unused tax credit carryforwards for which no deferred tax asset is recognized and their expiration dates are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)  
       December 31,  
            2014      2015      2016  

Tax credit carryforwards

             304,717         165,006         59,076   

 

  (d) Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

 

(In millions of won)           Assets      Liabilities     Total  
            December, 31,
2013
     December, 31,
2012
     December, 31,
2013
    December, 31,
2012
    December, 31,
2013
    December, 31,
2012
 

Other accounts receivable, net

             —           —           (2,476     (2,063     (2,476     (2,063

Inventories, net

        17,500         8,903         —          —          17,500        8,903   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        98         285         —          —          98        285   

Defined benefit obligation

        72,709         38,573         —          —          72,709        38,573   

Accrued expenses

        81,193         79,321         —          —          81,193        79,321   

Property, plant and equipment

        102,651         81,832         —          —          102,651        81,832   

Intangible assets

        —           2,488         (1,207     —          (1,207     2,488   

Provisions

        11,460         12,979         —          —          11,460        12,979   

Gain or loss on foreign currency

translation, net

        282         5,340         (957     (958     (675     4,382   

Others

        5,908         27,336         —          —          5,908        27,336   

Tax losses carryforwards

        110,550         233,139         —          —          110,550        233,139   

Tax credit carryforwards

        538,289         699,529         —          —          538,289        699,529   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

(liabilities)

             940,640         1,189,725         (4,640     (3,021     936,000        1,186,704   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

208


Table of Contents
29. Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities, Continued

 

  (e) Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In millions of won)           January 1,
2012
    Profit or
loss
    OCI     December 31,
2012
    Profit or
loss
    OCI     December 31,
2013
 

Other accounts receivable, net

             (3,738     1,675        —          (2,063     (413     —          (2,476

Inventories, net

        14,484        (5,581     —          8,903        8,597        —          17,500   

Available-for-sale financial assets

        1,259        —          (974     285        1        (188     98   

Defined benefit obligation

        21,877        (1,629     18,325        38,573        34,470        (334     72,709   

Accrued expenses

        72,965        6,356        —          79,321        1,872        —          81,193   

Property, plant and equipment

        50,602        31,230        —          81,832        20,819        —          102,651   

Intangible assets

        1,105        1,383        —          2,488        (3,695     —          (1,207

Provisions

        11,618        1,361        —          12,979        (1,519     —          11,460   

Gain or loss on foreign currency translation, net

        (17,697     22,079        —          4,382        (5,057     —          (675

Debentures

        6,059        (6,059     —          —          —          —          —     

Others

        13,255        14,081        —          27,336        (21,428     —          5,908   

Tax losses carryforwards

        329,068        (95,929     —          233,139        (122,589     —          110,550   

Tax credit carryforwards

        829,048        (129,519     —          699,529        (161,240     —          538,289   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

             1,329,905        (160,552     17,351        1,186,704        (250,182     (522     936,000   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate applicable to the Company is 24.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

  (f) Changes in minimum tax rate for the subsequent period

On January 1, 2014, the Tax Reduction and Exemption Control Act in Korea was amended so that the minimum tax rate applied to taxable income in excess of ₩100 billion for the Company after 2014 was revised from 16% to 17%. As of December 31, 2012, the Company applied 16% as the minimum tax rate when measuring the amount of tax credit related deferred tax assets for which it is probable that the related tax benefit will be realized. If the Company applied the 17% of minimum tax rate, deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards would have decreased by ₩55,245 million.

On January 1, 2014, certain municipal corporate income tax rules were amended and effective on the same date that resulted in excluding tax credits from the basis of determining municipal corporate income tax. Accordingly, starting for the annual periods from 2014, the Company will have larger municipal corporate income tax due to the impact from the income tax credits. If the amended municipal corporate income tax rules were applied at the end of 2013, deferred tax assets related to tax credit carryforwards would have decreased by ₩48,827 million.

 

209


Table of Contents
30. Earnings per Share

 

  (a) Basic earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

(In won and No. of shares)

 

          2013      2012  

Profit for the period

             99,671,926,545         28,548,662,750   

Weighted-average number of common stocks outstanding

        357,815,700         357,815,700   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

             279         80   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no events or transactions that resulted in changes in the number of common stocks used for calculating earnings per share from January 1, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

 

  (b) Diluted earnings per share are not calculated since there was no potential common stock for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

31. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 

(In millions of won)                    
            2013     2012  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

       

Changes in other accounts payable arising from the purchase of property, plant and equipment

             (1,305,849     (1,267,010

 

210


Table of Contents

Independent Accountants’ Review Report on Internal Accounting Control System

English translation of a Report Originally Issued in Korean

To the President of

LG Display Co., Ltd.:

We have reviewed the accompanying Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System (“IACS”) of LG Display Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for designing and maintaining effective IACS and for its assessment of the effectiveness of IACS. Our responsibility is to review management’s assessment and issue a report based on our review. In the accompanying report of management’s assessment of IACS, the Company’s management stated: “Based on the assessment on the operations of the IACS, the Company’s IACS has been effectively designed and is operating as of December 31, 2013, in all material respects, in conformity with the IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.”

We conducted our review in accordance with IACS Review Standards, issued by the Korean Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Those Standards require that we plan and perform the review to obtain assurance of a level less than that of an audit as to whether Report on the Operations of Internal Accounting Control System is free of material misstatement. Our review consists principally of obtaining an understanding of the Company’s IACS, inquiries of company personnel about the details of the report, and tracing to related documents we considered necessary in the circumstances. We have not performed an audit and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

A company’s IACS is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of separate financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, however, IACS may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that Report on the Operations of Internal Accounting Control System as of December 31, 2013 is not prepared in all material respects, in accordance with IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.

This report applies to the Company’s IACS in existence as of December 31, 2013. We did not review the Company’s IACS subsequent to December 31, 2013. This report has been prepared for Korean regulatory purposes, pursuant to the External Audit Law, and may not be appropriate for other purposes or for other users.

/s/ KPMG Samjong Accounting Corp.

Seoul, Korea

February 19, 2014

Notice to Readers

This report is annexed in relation to the audit of the separate financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the review of internal accounting control system pursuant to Article 2-3 of the Act on External Audit for Stock Companies of the Republic of Korea.

 

211


Table of Contents

Report on the Operation of Internal Accounting Control System

English translation of a Report Originally Issued in Korean

To the Board of Directors and Audit Committee of LG Display Co., Ltd.

We, as the Internal Accounting Control System (“IACS”) Officer and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of LG Display (“the Company”), assessed the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s ICFR as of December 31, 2013.

The Company’s management, including myself, is responsible for designing and operating an IACS. We assessed the design and operational effectiveness of the IACS in the prevention and detection of an error or fraud which may cause a misstatement in the preparation and disclosure of reliable separate financial statements. We followed the IACS Framework to evaluate the effectiveness of the IACS design and operation.

Based on the assessment results, we believe that the Company’s IACS, as of December 31, 2013, is effectively designed and operating, in all material respects, in conformity with the IACS Framework issued by the Internal Accounting Control System Operation Committee.

January 20, 2014

/s/ Sangdon Kim

Internal Control over Financial Reporting Officer

/s/ Sang Beom Han

Chief Executive Officer

 

212


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

   

LG Display Co., Ltd.

(Registrant)

Date: March 25, 2014     By:   /s/ Heeyeon Kim
                  (Signature)
      Name: Heeyeon Kim            
      Title: Vice President / IR Division

 

213